You are on page 1of 199

What I Know

Le find o ho m ch o kno abo he le on.


Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 5 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Pa en Signa e:

Le find o ho m ch o know about the lesson.


Multiple Choice: Encircle the letter of your answer.

1) Find the product of 5.13 and 0.01.


A. 5.13 B. 51.3 C. 0.0513 D. 0.513
2) What is the product of 9.14 and 0.7 ?
A. 6.398 B. 6.938 C. 63.98 D. 693.8
3) Multiply 23.89 and 0.1
A. 23.89 B. 238.9 C. 0.2389 D. 2.389
4) Give the product of 98.01 and 10
A. 9801 B. 98.01 C. 980.01 D. 980.1
5) What is the product of 34.21 and 0.01?
A. 0.3421 B. 1.3421 C. 34.21 D. 3 421
6) In the local market, one apple costs Php 20.75. How much will 4 dozens of apple cost?
A. Php 972.00 B. Php 973.00 C. Php 996.00 D. Php 997.00
7) What are the given facts in this problem, Teacher Jhing celebrated her birthday party with
her 12 friends at Paraiso ni Baste Resort. The average price of the food she bought is Php
235.45 per person. How much did teacher Jhing spend for the food?
A. multiplication C. Amount spent by teacher Jhing
B. 12 friends and P235.45 D. 235.45 x 12 = N
8) A kilo of Philippine Mango costs Php 86.25. How much will you pay if you buy 3.5
kilos? What operation are you going to use to solve the problem?
A. Addition C. Multiplication
B. Division D. Subtraction
9) There are 25 students who each shared Php 5.50 as a donation for the victim of flood.
How much will be the donation of the class? What is asked in this problem?
A. Total donation of the class C. Php 5.50 x 25=N
B. multiplication D. 25 students and Php 5.50
10) Joana earns Php 11.75 per hour for gardening. If she worked 21 hours this month, how
much did she earn?
A. Php 246.75 B. Php 247.55 C. Php 245.75 D. Php 345.75

*** If you got an honest score of 10 points (perfect score), you may skip the lesson proper and
proceed to the activities or exercises.

1
Module
Lesson Multiplication of Decimals
8
5 and Mixed Decimals
Multiplication of decimals is one of the most frequently used operations in our daily
lives while we are dealing with money, measurements, etc. Working with these means
make us to understand decimals an essential skill.

The module has the following lessons:


Multiplying Decimals and Mixed Decimals with Factors up to 2 Decimal
Places.
Multiplying Mentally Decimals up to 2 Decimals places by 0.1, 0.01,10, and
100.
Solving Routine and Non-Routine Problems Involving Multiplication of
Decimals and Mixed Decimals Including Money Using Appropriate Problem
Solving Strategies and Tools.

Wha I
Try to examine the example below, how are you going to multiply decimals? It is very
much like multiplying whole numbers, we just must determine where to place the decimal
Le ano he e am le . S d hem ca ef ll .
point.
1 5
Example 2: 5.16 x 9 = N 5.16 (2 decimal places)
x 9 (0 decimal place)
4644 (2 decimal places) Answer: 46.44
Let us figure out 3.2 x 1000 without using a calculator or even pencil and pen. Can you
solve this problem mentally? In this lesson, you will learn rules and patterns to follow when
multiplying decimals by 0.1, 0.01,10, and 100 easily.

Wha Ne
Aling Linda went to Punturin Wet and Dry market and bought half a dozen eggs for her leche
flan. Each egg cost Php5.25. How much did she pay?
To find the answer, multiply Php5.25 by 6 because half dozen means 6.

What is It
To multiply money and decimal numbers, follow the following steps:

2
1 3
Step 1: Right align the decimal and whole number.
5.25 (2 decimal places)
Digits should be aligned in columns, but not
x 6 (0 decimal place)
necessarily by place value.
3150 (2 decimal place)
Step 2: Ignore the decimal points. Multiply the
factors as with whole numbers. Regroup if
Therefore, Aling Linda necessary.
paid Php31.50 for the
half dozen eggs. Step 3: Count the number of decimal places in the
factors and add the result.
Step 4: Place the decimal point starting from the
right of the last digit in the product. The decimal
place in the product is equal to the total number of
decimal places in the factors.
Le ano he e am le :
Multiplying Decimals by Whole Numbers
Multiplying a decimal by a whole number will result to a product with the same
number of decimal places as to the given decimal.
Example 1: Find the product of 16 and 2.7 Example 2: Multiply 45.12 and 24. Answer: 46.44

1 4 1
4 Example 3: 2

16 (0 decimal place) 45.12 (2 decimal places)


x 2.7 (1 decimal place) x 1 184 (0 decimal place)
112 18048
+ 32 + 36096
379008 (2 decimal places) Answer: 3790.
432 (1 decimal place)

Therefore, the product is 43.2 Answer: 3790.08


Multiplying Decimals and Mixed Decimals
In multiplying a decimal number by another decimal number, multiply them as if they
are whole numbers. In placing the decimal point in the product, get the sum of the number of
decimal places in each factor.
Example 3: Multiply 32.8 by 4.5
1 3
1 4
32.8 (1 decimal place) Therefore, the product is 147.60 or 147.6
x 4.5 (1 decimal place)
1640 Note: You can also drop the last
+ 1312 trailing zero(s) when presenting the
14760 (2 decimal places) answer.

3
Example 4: Find the product of 0.24 x 0.09.
Example 6: Find the product of 0.24 x 0.09.
1 3 Answer: 0.0432
0.24 (2 decimal places)
x 0.18 (2 decimal places) Note: If there are not enough places to count,
1
192 you must insert the right number of zero(s) to the
+ 24 left of the leading digit in the product to hold the
0432 (4 decimal places) required place value.
Answer: 0.0432
Multiplying Decimals up to 2 Decimals Places 10 and 100
Multiplying decimals by 10 and 100 is slightly different to whole numbers because of
the presence of the decimal point. This is attained by moving the decimal point to the right by
the number of places equal to the number of zeros.
Look the table below. Observe the pattern.
A B C
12.5 x 10 = 125 45.02 x 100 =4502 0.78 x 1000 = 780
54.09 x 10 = 540.9 0.54 x 100 = 54 0.02 x 1000 = 20
0.76 x 10 = 7.6 5.6 x 100 = 560 12.1 x 1000 = 12100

Wha do o ob e e NOTE: Look for the last three examples below.


a. when a decimal is multiplied by 10? Insert the right number of zero(s) to the right of
b. when a decimal is multiplied by 100? the leading digit to complete the number of
c. when a decimal is multiplied by 1000? the required place value in the product.

Here are some examples. Observe closely the movement of the decimal point.

2.5 x 10 = 25. 25 move 1 decimal place to the right


12.43 x 10 = 124.3 124.3 move 1 decimal place to the right
9.82 x 100 = 982. 982 move 2 decimal places to the right
23.9 x 100 = 2390. 2390 move 2 decimal places to the right
0.05 x 1000 = 0050. 50 move 3 decimal places to the right
3.2 x 1000 = 3200. 3200 move 3 decimal places to the right

Multiplying Decimals up to 2 Decimals Places 0.1 and 0.01


Examine the examples below. What did you notice when a decimal is multiplied by
0.1, 0.01 and 0.001?
x 0.1 x 0.01 x 0.001 NOTE: If there are not enough places
0.8 0.08 0.008 0.0008 to count, you must insert the right
0.24 0.024 0.0024 0.00024 number of zero(s) to the left of the
leading digit in the product to hold
15.09 1.509 0.1509 0.01509 the required place value.

Le ano he e am le . Ob e e clo el he mo emen of he decimal oin .

4
0.4 x 0.1 = 0.04 0.04 move 1 decimal place to the left
12.9 x 0.1 = 1.209 1.209 move 1 decimal place to the left
24.71 x 0.01 = 0.2471 0.2471 move 2 decimal places to the left
9.7 x 0.01 = 0.097 0.097 move 2 decimal places to the left
2.3 x 0.001 = 0.0023 0.023 move 3 decimal places to the left
45.8 x 0.001 = 0.0458 0.0458 move 3 decimal places to the left

Solving word problem:

The Dela Cruz Family will spend their vacation in Baguio City. Mr. Dela Cruz
loaded 42 liters gasoline at Php 51.15 per liter. How much will he spend for the gasoline?

UNDERSTAND
What is asked in the problem? The amount Mr. Dela Cruz spent for the gasoline.
What are given facts? 42 liters gasoline, and cost per liter is Php 51.15

PLAN
What operation to be used? Multiplication
What is the number sentence? 51.15 x 42=N

SOLVE
What is the answer? To find the answer just multiply 51.15 and 42, then count the
number of decimal point and place it on the product.
51.15
X 42 Since we are looking for the amount of money, don fo ge o
10230 write the peso sign ( ).
20460 Mr. Dela Cruz will spend P2,148.83 for the gasoline or Php
2148.30 2,148.83.

CHECK
Does your answer correct?
One way to check your answer is to go back to your solution.

What M e
I. Try These!
How many decimal places should the final product have?
1) 128.02 x 1.6 6) 91.1 x 0.01
2) 0.24 x 4 7) 0.16 x 100
3) 7.93 x 6.71 8) 11.2 x 0.1
4) 23.4 x 9.3 9) 0.74 x 10
5) 0. 5 x 3. 61 10) 0.01 x 45.7

II. Keep Trying!


I. Find the product of the following.
1) 128.02 x 1.6 = _____ 6) 7.36 x 32 = _____

5
2) 0.24 x 4.9 = _____ 7) 0.02 x 0.18 = _____
3) 7.93 x 6.71 = _____ 8) 23.8 x 0.05 = _____
4) 23.4 x 9.73 = _____ 9) 56.1 x 5.7 = _____
5) 0. 5 x 3. 61= _____ 10) 128 x 0.54 = _____
II. Find the product by moving the decimal point correctly.
1) 1.9 x 10 = _____ 6) 0.57 x 0.1 = _____
2) 23.21 x 1000 = _____ 7) 2.15 x 0.01 = _____
3) 0.56 x 10 = _____ 8) 139.1 x 0.1= _____
4) 41.8 x 100 = _____ 9) 621.56 x 0.01 = _____
5) 56.35 x 10 = _____ 10) 92.19 x 0.01 = _____

What I Have Learned


Answer the questions in one or more sentences. Write your answer on a separate sheet of
paper.
1) How do you determine where the decimal point is placed in the product when
multiplying two decimal numbers?
2) How is the process of multiplying decimal numbers different from multiplying whole
numbers?
3) How do you make multiplying decimals by multiples of 10 and 100 easy?
4) What are the 4 steps in solving word problem?
5) List at least three real-life situations in which you would need to multiply decimal
numbers.

What I Can Do

I. Connecting to the Real World!


Solve the following problems.
1) Lydia De Vega walks every morning for about 3.2 kilometers. How many kilometers
does she walk in 3 weeks?
2) Ms. Guzman bought 16 tickets for a school charity show at Punturin Elementary
School. Each ticket costs Php 45.75. How much did she pay for the tickets?
3) Santos Family bought 100 kilograms of rice and it will be donated to Brgy. Punturin for
the Project Bayanihan Act: Heal as One. If a kilogram of rice cost Php54.25, how much
did Santos Family pay for the rice?
4) Mr. Park ran a distance of 2875.5 meters. If there are 0.001 kilometer in 1 meter, how
many kilometers did Mr. Park run?
5) A sachet of powdered milk weighs about 64.45 grams. How much would 1000 sachets
weigh?

6
II. Go for an Extra Mile!
Math Challenge! Analyze and solve the following problems.
1) A basket weighs 3 red balls. The same basket weighs 5 white balls. If 10 white balls
weigh 2.4 kg, what is the weight of a red ball in grams? 2015 Grade
6 MTAP Elimination Questions
2) Eight dozen eggs Php 504.00. How much is the cost of 45 eggs? 2015 Grade
6 MTAP Elimination Questions
3) A survey shows that 5.6% of the people making flight reservations do not keep them.
Out of 125 people who made reservations, how many can be expected to cancel? MMC
2019 Grade 6 National Team Orals
4) John always gives a 10% tip every time he dines in a restaurant. How much tip did John
gi e if he aid a o al of 2750 fo hi meal, incl ding i ? A me no a e . MMC
2019 Grade 6 National Individual Orals
5) One-half kilo of used newspapers costs Php36. How much does three-fourths of a kilo
cost? 2018 Metrobank-MTAP-DepEd Math Challenge Division Finals – Team Oral
Competition – Grade 6

Time to Surf (Optional)


For further readings, video lessons or exercises on this topic you may visit the following
sites: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=niTKRc_BUWI
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dltpxl-Kz2I

References
21st Century MATHletes 6 pp.56-65
Math for life 6 pp.214-217

Writers:
MARY ANN G. DRIO (Punturin Elementray School)
JANET S. DELA CRUZ (Canumay East Elementary School)

7
Assessment

Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 5 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Pa en Signa e:

Multiple Choice: Circle the letter of your answer.

1) If the factors are 19.07 and 0.13, what is the product?


A. 24.791 C. 0.24791
B. 2.4791 D. 25.7912
2) Multiply 57.19 x and 100
A. 5 719 B. 5.719 C. 57.19 D. 0.5719
3) Give the product of 76.01 and 10
A. 7.061 B. .0761 C. 7.61 D. 761
4) If 52.01 x 0.1 is 5.201 , what is 52.01 x 0.01?
A. 52.01 B. 5.201 C. 0.5201 D. 5201
5) In the local market, one apple costs Php 25.25. How much will 3 dozens of apple cost?
A. Php 909.00 C. Php 907.00
B. Php 908.00 D. Php 783.00
6) What are the given facts in this problem, Sir Ian celebrated his birthday party with her 9
friends at Valenzuela Town Center. The a e a Ge G ill. The average price of the
food they bought is Php 305.50 per person. How much did Sir Ian pay to the cashier?
A. multiplication C. Amount spent by Sir Ian
B. 9 friends and P305.50 D. P305.50 x 9=N
7) Maine ho l age i Php 57.35. If she worked for a total of 48 hours a week, how much
pay will she receive? What operation are you going to use to solve the problem?
A. Subtraction C. Multiplication
B. division D. all of the above
8) Faith, a grade 6 pupil of Canumay East Elementary School, drinks 0.25 liters of milk each
day. How many liters of milk does she drink in a week? What is asked in this problem?
A. 0.25 x 7=N C. 0.25 liters and week
B. multiplication D. Liters of milk Faith drink in a week.
9)) How many centavos are there in Php 123.50?
A. 12,350 B. 12.350 C. 123,500 D. 1234.5
10) A plant is 12.25 cm tall and it grows 0.5 cm a day. How will the plant be after 2 weeks?
A. 19.25 cm B. P 18.25 cm C. 20.25 cm D. 21.25cn

*** If you got an honest score of 10 points (perfect score), you proceed to the next lesson but
if not, go back to the whole module.

8
What I Know
Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 6 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signature:

Let s find out how much you know about the lesson.
Directions: Read the problem in each box and answer the questions that follow. Circle
the letter of your answer.
Barangay Cay Pombo is 25.5 km from the town proper. In going there, Ronnie traveled
7.5 km twice by jeep and 3.5 km by tricycle and the rest by walking. How many
kilometers did he travel by walking?
1. What is asked in the problem?
A. The total kilometer travelled by jeep. C. The total kilometer travelled by walking.
B. The total kilometer travelled by tricycle. D. The total kilometer travelled by bus.
2. What operations are needed to solve the problem?
A. Addition and Division C. Multiplication, Addition and Division
B. Addition and Subtraction D. Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction
3. How far did Ronnie travel by jeep and tricycle?
A. 18.5 km B. 17.5 km C. 16.5 km D. 15.5 km
4. How many kilometer did he spend walking?
A. 4 km B. 5 km C. 6 km D. 7 km

Cruz family went to a carnival. They bought 2 tickets for adults at Php 100.50 each and
3 tickets for children at Php 65.75 each. How much change did they receive from Php
500.00 given to the ticket seller?

5. What is the cost of 2 tickets for adults and 3 tickets for children?
A. Php 389.25 B. Php 398.25 C. Php 489.25 D. Php 498.25
6. How much change did the family received?
A. Php 101.75 B. Php 110.75 C. Php 201.75 D. Php 210.75
7. Is their money enough to buy another ticket for the adult?
A. Impossible B. Maybe C. No D. Yes

Sam has 25.75 meters of table cloth. She cuts 1.75 meters for 10 small tables, 2.5 meters
for another 2 tables and 1.5 meters for her study table. How many meters of table cloth
remained?
8. What is asked in the problem?
A. The total meter of table cloth used. C. The total meter of table cloth bought.
B. The amount of each meter of table cloth. D. The total meter of table cloth remained.
9. How many meters of table cloth used for 10 small tables?
A. 16.5 m B. 17.5 m C. 18.5 m D. 19.5 m
10. How many meters of table cloth remained?
A. 1.75 m B. 1.80 m C. 1.85 m D. 1.90 m

*** If you got an honest score of 10 points (perfect score), you may skip the lesson proper and
proceed to the activities or exercises.

9
Solving Problems Involving
Lesson
Module Multiplication and Addition
86
or Subtraction of Decimals

In solving word problems, there may be two or more operations, and you must solve
them in the correct order of operations. Before stepping up to solve the problem, it is important
to focus, slow down and check how you understand the problem. Be sure you know what is
being asked, what you already know from the problem, and what you need to know in order to
solve the question being asked.
In this module, you will learn on how to solve multi-step problems involving
multiplication and addition or subtraction of decimals, mixed decimals and whole numbers
including money. (M6NS-If113.3)

Wha I

To solve word problems, we usually follow the steps such as:


Know what is asked A
Identify the given G
Determine the operation to be used O
Write the number sentence N
Solve S
Write the final answer completely A

Example:
Bheni buys 5 sandwiches at Php 15.50 each. She was given Php 5.50 discount. How
much did she pay?

What is asked? Amount of money (N) paid for the sandwiches


What are given? 5 sandwiches at Php 15.50 each, Php 5.50 discount
What operations are to be used? Multiplication, Subtraction
What is the number sentence? N = (5 x Php 15.50) Php 5.50
Solve: N = (15.50 x 5) 5.50
= 77.50 5.50
= 72.00
Final answer: Bheni paid Php72.00 for the sandwiches

10
Wha Ne
In our daily life situation, money is important is buying our needs, paying our bills and
even in our transportation. Learning and understanding concepts about decimals will be of great
help for us to cope with our tight budget and save every single centavo we have.

Aling Nena bought 10 kg of rice at Php 42.50 per kilogram, 5 cans of sardines at
Php 13.75 each, 3 cans of corned beef at Php 33.25 each, 2 packs of milk at Php 108.50
each and 1 ½ kg of sugar at Php 45.00 each. How much change will Aling Nena receive
if she gave the cashier Php 1 000.00 bill?
What are you going to do in order to know how much change will Aling Nena receive?
How much is the cost of 10 kg of rice at Php 42.50 per kilogram?
What about 5 cans of sardines at Php 13.75 each?
Are the 3 cans of corned beef at Php 33.25 cost Php 99.75? How did you get it?
Is Php 200.00 enough to buy 2 packs of milk at Php 108.50 each? Why or why not?
How much money will you spend if you wish to buy 2 kgs of sugar at Php 45.00 per
kilogram?

What is It
Let s try to understand this solution.
A. Question asked Amount that Aling Nena received from Php 1000-bill.
B. Given 10 kg of rice at Php 42.50 per kilogram,
Information 5 cans of sardines at Php 13.75 each,
3 cans of corned beef at Php 33.25 each
2 packs of milk at Php 108.50 each and
1 ½ kg of sugar at Php 45.00 each
Php 1000.00 bill
C. Operation/s Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction
needed
D. Number Sentence N = 1000 (10 x 42.50) + (5 x 13.75) + (3 x 33.25) + (2 x
108.50) + (1.5 x 45.00)
E. Solution N = 1000 (425 + 68.75 + 99.75 + 217 + 67.50)
= 1000 878
= 122.00
F. Final Answer Aling Nena received a change of Php 122.00 from the
cashier.

What M e
I. Try These!
Read and analyze each of the following problems by providing the needed information as
indicated below.
a. Question asked d. Number sentence
b. Given information e. Solution

11
c. Operation needed f. Final Answer

1.) Lily has fifty 25-centavo coins. She bought a cup of pineapple juice for Php10.00. How
much does she have left?
2.) Lance sold 50 pieces of candies at Php 1.50 each and 25 pieces of bond paper at Php 1.25
each. How much is his total sale?
3.) CJ bought 8 notebooks at Php 25.75 each, 2 ballpens at Php 11.00 and a pad paper at
Php30.50. If his money is a Php 500.00 bill, how much was his change?
4.) Rian saved Php 200.50 in October and Php175.50 in November. She bought 5 pieces of
head band for Php 45.00 each. How much of her savings from October and November was
left?
5.) Mother gives Php 70.00 to Ranz every day. Ranz spends Php 30.00 for tricycle fare and
Php 25.50 for food. He saves the rest of his money. How much will Ranz save in 10 days?

II. Keep Trying!


Study the price list below and answer the questions that follow:

Items Unit Price (Php)


Sardines 13.45
Biscuit 48.75
Detergent Powder 6.30
Toothpaste 44.70
Dishwashing liquid 6.25
Loaf of bread 45.80
Shampoo 44.20
Meatloaf 21.45
Refined sugar (1 kg) 44.95
Coffee 35.50

1.) How much will it cost if you bought 5 cans of sardines, 3 packs of biscuits, 1 kilogram of
sugar and 1 pack of coffee?
2.) Your mother wants to buy 6 packs of detergent powder, a dozen sachet of dishwashing
liquid, a bottle of shampoo and 2 boxes of toothpaste. How much change will she receive
from the cashier if she gives her Php 300.00?
3.) Mr. Cruz wants to give groceries to 10 families comprising of 10 cans of sardines, 5 packs
of biscuits, 2 loaves of bread, 6 cans of meatloaves, 1 kilogram of sugar and a pack of
coffee for each family. How much money will Mr. Cruz need in order to purchase the said
items?
4.) Is your Php 500.00 bill enough to buy a single item of each kind? Explain.
5.) If you have Php 1 000 and you must buy at least 5 of each item, what is the greatest number
of each item that you can buy so that you get as little change as possible.

What I Have Learned


How to solve multi-step word problems? Complete the statements by supplying the
necessary word in each blank.
In solving multi-step problems mixed decimals and whole numbers including
money, first is to understand the word problem; know what is __________, know the
hidden _________if any. Second step is to plan; identify the __________ to be used and
write the __________ sentence. Lastly, is to solve; show the solution, state and check the
complete __________.

12
What I Can Do
I. Connecting to the Real World!
Read, analyze and solve the following problems.
1.) Aling Maring bought 3 kg of chicken at Php 145.50 per kilogram and 2 kg of fish at
Php180.00 per kilogram. How much did she pay in all?
2.) For Lyka s birthday, mother bought a cake at Php 450, 2 gallons of ice cream at
Php350.50 each and cookies worth Php 225.00. She brought with her three 500 bill.
How much was left of her money?
3.) Chielo bought 1.5 kilograms of beef at 570 per kilogram, 3 packs of butter for Php32.25,
and 3 loaves of bread at Php 105.00 a loaf. She had Php 1 000.00. How much was left
of her money after paying?
4.) Jerick bought 5 drawing books at Php 48.50 each and 2 pads of paper at Php 30.75 each.
If his money were two Php 200 bill, how much was his change?
5.) Mrs. Santos sews shirts and pants. She needs 1.25 meters for the blouse and 1.35 meters
for the skirt. How much will 10 shirts and 10 pants cost if a meter of the cloth used cost
Php 45.25?

II. Go for an Extra Mile!


Read, analyze and solve the following problems.
1.) Mang Ben, a vendor bought three watermelons weighing 2.9 kg, 3.3 kg, and 3.5 kg to
be sold in the nearby community. If each kilogram costs Php 30.00, how much did he
pay in all?
2.) Nica rides a jeepney going to a nearby town 25 kilometers away. The fare is Php 8.00
for the first 4 kilometers and charges an additional Php 1.50 for every kilometer
thereafter. How much change will she gets if she gives the driver a Php 50.00 bill?
3.) A store owner paid Php 165.00 for a tray of 30 eggs. At the end of the day, she sold all
the eggs at Php 6.50 each. How much profit did she get for selling all the eggs?
4.) Susan bought 4.5 kilograms of sugar at Php 45.75 per kilogram and 2 dozen eggs at Php
6.50 each. She gave the cashier Php 500.00. How much change did she receive?
5.) Marion needs to buy a book that costs Php 121.50. He already has five 10-peso coins,
ten 5-peso coins, and fifty 25-centavo coins. Does he have enough money to buy the
book? Why?

Time to Surf
For further readings, video lessons, or exercises on this topic, you may visit the following sites:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RNIcM2Je3ug
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f_mlrepRZ9o&pbjreload=10
https://youtu.be/GwycEivqYYI

References
21st Century Mathletes 6
Math For Life 6
Working with Math Grade 6 (Synergeia Foundation and DepEd Valenzuela)

Writer:
Berly Ann G. Cula
13
Assessment
Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 6 Score:
Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signature:

Let s find out how much you have learned about the lesson.
A. Directions: Read the problem in each box and answer the questions that follow.
Circle the letter of your answer.
Mrs. Santos makes blouses and skirts. She has 1.35 meter for the blouse and 1.55 meter
for the skirt. How much will 5 blouses and 5 skirts cost, if a meter of the material used
costs Php 47.25?
1.) What is asked in the word problem?
A. The total cost of 5 blouses and 5 skirts. D. The total meter of cloth used.
B. The total cost of 5 blouses and skirt. C. The total change received.
2.) What operations needed to solve the word problem?
A. Addition and Division C. Addition and Multiplication
B. Addition and Subtraction D. Multiplication and Subtraction
3.) Which is the correct expression for this word problem?
A. (1.35 + 1.55 + 5 + 5) x (47.25)
B. (1.35 + 5 x 47.25) x (1.55 +5 x 47.25)
C. (1.35 x 5 x 47.25) + (1.55 x 5 x 47.25)
D. (1.35 x 5) x (47.25) + (1.55 x 5) (47.25)

Mrs. Cruz bought 2 rolls of cake at Php 400.00 each. She also bought 5 packs of biscuits at
Php 48.50 each pack and 12 cans of pineapple juice at Php 25.75 each. If she gave the
cashier three Php 500.00 bill, how much change did she get?

4.) What is the correct expression to solve for the amount spend altogether?
A. (2 x 400.00) + (5 x 48.50) (12 x 25.75) C. (2 x 400.00) x (5 x 48.50) x (12 x 25.75)
B. (2 + 400.00) x (5 + 48.50) (12 x 25. 75) D. (2 x 400.00) + (5 x 48.50) + (12 x 25.75)
5.) How much did Mrs. Cruz spend altogether?
A. Php 1 531. 50 B. Php 1 513.50 C. Php 1 351.50 D. Php 1 315.50
6.) How much change did Mrs. Cruz receive?
A. Php 145.50 B. Php 148.50 C. Php 158.50 D. Php 184.50
7.) Is Mrs. Cru money enough to buy if she wants to add one roll of cake?
A. Maybe B. No C. Uncertain D. Yes
B. Read and solve each of the following problems. Circle the letter of your answer.
8.) Judith spend a total of Php 12 386.35 to make 20 dresses. She sold each dress for
Php 900.00. How much did she gain after selling all the dresses?
A. Php 5 136.65 B. Php 5 316.65 C. Php 5 613.65 D. Php 5 631.65
9.) Joy is a casual clerk at a department store. She earns Php 547.50 a day. How much does she
earn in 4 weeks if she worked from Monday to Saturday?
A. Php 13 140.00 B. Php 13 410.00 C. Php 14 130.00 D. Php 14 310.00
10.) Jam and his 3 friends shared Php 250.50 each for their TLE project. They bought a piece
of plywood and a can of paint. After paying, they still have Php 271.25.00. How much did they
spend for their project?
A. Php 307.75 B. Php 370.75 C. Php 703.75 D. Php 730. 75

14
What I Know

Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 7 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signat re:

Let s find o t ho m ch o kno abo t the lesson.


Multiple Choice: Circle the letter of your answer.

1) Divide 9 by 0.2
A. 45 B. 46 C. 47 D. 48
2) Find the quotient of 38 ÷ 0.4
A. 93 B. 94 C. 95 D. 96
3) What is the quotient when 28 is divided by 0.8?
A. 34 B. 35 C. 36 D. 37
4) Divide 143 by 0.05
A. 2 859 B. 2 860 C. 2 861 D. 2 862

5) Divide 0.15 168 .


A. 1 110 B. 1 120 C. 1 130 D. 1 140
6) What is 377 ÷ 1.25?
A. 301.6 B. 302.6 C. 303.6 D. 304.6
7) Divide 2 136 by 5.5
A. 385.36 B. 386.36 C. 387.36 D. 388.36
8) Find the quotient of 8.4 ÷ 2.4.
A. 3.3 B. 3.4 C. 3.5 D. 3.6
9) The quotient of 19.76 divided by 3.8 is equal to what number?
A. 4.2 B. 5.2 C. 6.2 D. 7.2
10) What is the result when 34.2 is divided by 4.5?
A. 7.6 B. 6.5 C. 5.4 D. 4.5

*** If you got an honest score of 10 points (perfect score), you may skip the lesson proper and
proceed to the activities or exercises.

15
Module
Lesson
87 Division of Decimals

Division is separating numbers into equal groups. You probably use division in your daily
life without realizing it. There are different ways to write the problems, but don't let that throw you off!
Just figure out how many objects belong in each group. If you know your multiplication facts, you can
use that to help you figure out the answers to related division problems.
In this module, you will learn to divide whole numbers by decimals up to 2 decimal places
and vice versa (M6NS-Ig-18.1 – 18.2) and to divide decimals / mixed decimals up to 2 decimal places
M6NS-Ig – 19.

Wha I

In math, long division is a method used for dividing large numbers into groups or parts.
This involves 5 steps:
Divide Multiply Subtract Bring Down Repeat or Remainder

Follow the steps to divide the following:

1. 448 ÷ 16 = _________ 4. 418 ÷ 22 = ___________


2. 1 568 ÷ 7 = _________ 5. 7 071 ÷ 15 =___________
3. 351 ÷ 4 = _________

Wha Ne
Luisa has 15 meters of lace. She wants to cut it into 0.5 meter per piece. How many
pieces of lace can be cut from it?
To find the quotient, simply divide 15 meters by 0.5 meter.

What is It

Dividing Whole Numbers by Decimals up to 2 Decimal Places and Vice Versa

Example 1: Dividing Whole Number by Decimal Number

15 divided by 0.5
Step 1: Make the divisor a whole number.
Multiply the dividend by 10: 15 x 10 = 150
Multiply the divisor by 10: 0.5 x 10 = 5
Step 2: 150 ÷ 5 = 30
Therefore, 15 ÷ 0.5 = 30

16
Example 2: Dividing Decimal Number by Whole Number

Divide: 24.66 ÷ 12 Step 1: Divide the decimal by the whole number ignoring the
decimal point. Affix zero/s to the dividend when needed.
Step 2: Place the decimal point in the quotient directly above
the decimal point in the dividend.
Therefore, 24.66 ÷ 12 = 2.055 .

Let us do another!

1. 26 divided by 2.5 2. Divide: 1.21 ÷ 11

Dividing Decimals / Mixed Decimals Up to 2 Decimal Places

Well, you already know how to divide a decimal by a whole number and vice versa -- and it was
pretty easy... What about with a decimal division problem like 6.85 divided by 0.5 ?

The trick is to get rid of the decimal point from the number we are
dividing by.
How? We can move the decimal point to the right by multiplying
the divisor by multiple of 10 as necessary to get a whole number divisor.
Remember to multiply the dividend by the same multiple of 10.
How do we do that? Let s st d the sol tion belo

>>>>> To multiply by multiple of 10, it is easier to just move the decimal point.

Step 1: Move the decimal point in the divisor one place to the right to make it a whole
number.
0.5. 6.85
Step 2: Move also the decimal point in the dividend the same number of places as in the
divisor.
0.5. 6.8.5 5 68.5

0.5 6.85 is exactly the same as 5 68.5


as we moved the decimal point of both numbers.
Step 3: Divide as if you are dividing a whole number. Put the decimal point of the quotient
directly above the decimal point of the dividend.

17
13.7
5 68.5
- 5
18
-15 So, 6.85 ÷ 0.5 = 13.7
3 5
- 3 5
0

>>> You can check the answer by multiplying the quotient


by the divisor. The result must be the same as the dividend.

Let us do another!
How many 0.25 are there in 7.75 ?
Just move the decimal point…

What M e

I. Try These!
Check ( ) the equivalent of each given expression and then solve for the quotient.
A B C
1) 168 ÷ 0.15 1.68 ÷ 15 16.8 ÷ 15 16 800÷ 15 = _________

2) 377 ÷ 1.25 377 ÷ 125 37 700 ÷ 125 37.7 ÷ 125 = __________

3) 6.48 ÷ 0.36 6.48 ÷36 648 ÷ 36 64.8 ÷ 36 = _________

4) 11.52 ÷ 1.8 1.152 ÷ 18 115.2 ÷ 18 1 152 ÷ 18 = _________

5) 832 ÷ 32.5 83.2 ÷ 325 832 ÷ 325 8 320 ÷ 325 = _________

6) 0.69 ÷ 1.5 6.9 ÷ 15 0.69 ÷ 15 690 ÷ 15 = _________

7) 9.18 ÷ 0.09 91.8 ÷ 9 918 ÷ 9 9 180 ÷ 9 = _________

8) 4.59 ÷ 0.03 459 ÷ 3 4.59 ÷ 3 45.9 ÷ 3 = _________

9) 73.8 ÷ 3.6 738 ÷ 36 7 380 ÷ 36 7.38 ÷ 36 = _________

18
10) 9.62 ÷ 7.4 962 ÷ 74 96.2 ÷ 74 9.62 ÷ 74 = _________

II. Keep Trying!

Solve the following problems.

1. A brand of pencil cost Php 3.85. How many can you buy if you have Php 100.00?
2. Pedro has 0.8 of an egg pie. He will divide it equally among his 4 children. What part of a
whole egg pie did each child get?
3. How much is a kilogram of rice if I bought 12.5 kilograms for Php 531.25?
4. Run and Zel bought face towels at Php 23.50 each. If they paid Php 282.00 for all these face towels,
how many face towels did they buy?
5. Bong bought a piece of cloth measuring 846.50 cm. He cuts it into 25 cm short pieces, how long
will each piece measure?
6. Idol has 19.6 meters of rope. She wants to cut it into 2.45 meters. How many ropes can be cut from
it?
7. Val and his friends conduct fund raising. They sold caps and bottles at Php 6.25 per kilo, and they
get Php 325.50, how many kilos did they sell?
8. Letty s one-way fare to her work is Php 12.50. Her husband gives her Php 252.75. How many trips
to work will it be enough?
9. In a gasoline station, Vic paid Php 412.00. If the price of the gasoline is Php. 51.50 per liter, how
many liters of gasoline did he buy?
10. Thirteen oranges cost Php 162.50. How much is the cost of an orange?

What I Have Learned


Complete the statements.

To divide a decimal by a whole number:


1. Divide as in ___________. Affix __________ to the dividend when needed.
2. Place the decimal point in the ________ directly above the decimal point in the
dividend.

To divide mixed decimals:


1. Simply move the ____________ of the divisor to the right until it becomes a
whole number.
2. Move the decimal point of the _________ to the right the same number of places
the decimal point of the divisor has been moved.
3. Divide like _______________ then put the decimal point of the quotient directly
above the decimal point of the dividend.

19
I. Conne
What I Can Do
I. Connecting to the Real World!
Solve and choose the quotient from the box. Write the letter in the correct place to
answer the Riddle.

1) 19 12.35 3) 0.68 5 338 5) 15 439.5

2) 125 156.25 4) 2.15 64.5 6) 0.25 62

RIDDLE:

What holds water yet is full of holes?

Answer : A ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____


1 2 3 4 5 6

II. Go for an Extra Mile!


Solve the following word problems.
1) A member of the school track team ran for a total of 179.58 kilometers in practice over 61.5 days.
What is the average distance did he run per day?
2) A factory worker earns Php 50.48 per hour. If he earned Php 2 019.20 last week, how many hours
did he work?
3) Luz used all of the 0.75 kg of sugar in a container to prepare some recipes. Each recipe called for
0.25 kg of sugar. How many recipes did she make?
4) Every day, Aldrich drinks 0.45 liter of fruit juice while Ferdinand drinks 0.48 liter. How long will
it take for them to drink 2.79 liters of juice?
5) Mr. Dalisay used 0.46 liters of gasoline for every kilometer he drove to the city. How far did he
drive after using 47.15 liters of gasoline?

Time to Surf (Optional)


For further readings, video lessons, or exercises on this topic, you may visit the
following sites: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWEvcgG1p3U
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bHkI3hGQhZI
References
Math for Life 6, Teacher s Reso rce Materials pages 170 171, 21st Century Mathletes
Textbook, pages 68 69, Lesson Guides in Elementary Math 6, Ateneo De Manila
University, pages 174 178, Math Workbook by Synergeia Foundation, pages 69 71
21st Century Mathletes Textbook, pages 66 68

Writers:
LEONORA V. DIONEDA (MT 1, Canumay West E/S)
LIEZEL G. SALAC (MT 1, Canumay West E/S )

20
Assessment
Le find o ho m ch o ha e learned abo he le on.

Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 7 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signat re:

I. Directions: Solve the following problems.


1) A box contains 67.5 grams of pingpong balls. Each ball weighs 2.5 grams. How many
pingpong balls are there in the box?
A. 27 B. 35 C . 40 D. 45
2) If a = 501.6 and b = 1.9, what is a ÷ b?
A. 234 B. 244 C. 254 D. 264
3) Cheryll will cut 16.25 meters of ribbon into 1.25 meters per piece. How many pieces
will she have?
A. 10 pieces B. 12 pieces C. 13 pieces D. 15 pieces
4) What is your average speed if you travelled 1 203.75 kilometers in 15 hours?
A. 90.75 kph B. 81.75 kph C. 80.25 kph D. 80.75 kph

5) Joy bought 5.5 kg of mangoes at Php 577.50. How much is a kilogram of mango costs?
A. Php 100.50 B. Php 105.50 C. Php 150 D. Php 105
6) Randy gives 0.56 kg of grains a day to feed a kid goat. How long will 14 kg of grains
last to feed the goat?
A. 20 days B. 25 days C. 35 days D. 255 days
7) Mrs. Santos donated 86 sacks of rice to the affected families of pandemic. If each family
got 2.15 kilograms of rice, how many families received the rice donation?
A. 30 families B. 35 families C. 40 families D. 45 families
8) The distance around a rectangular garden is 225.42 meters. Ipil-ipil seedlings are to be
planted around at 0.02 meters apart. How many Ipil-ipil seedlings are needed?
A. 11 271 B. 11 171 C. 11 071 D. 10 271
9) Mr. Leonardo borrowed Php 2 946 from a friend to be paid at Php 245.50 a month. How
long will it take him to pay his friend?
A. 13 months B. 12 months C. 11 months D. 9 months
10) Father bought 45 kg of sugar. If he has to repack it into 0.75 kg each pack, how many
packs will he make?
A. 85 B. 78 C. 65 D. 60

21
What I Know

Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 8 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signature:

Let s find out how much you know about the lesson.
Multiple Choice: Circle the letter of your answer.
1) Divide 34.5 by 10
A. 3.45 B. 0.345 C. 34.5 D. 345
2) What is 175.16 ÷ 0.01?
A. 17.516 B. 175.16 C. 1751.6 D. 17516
3) Find the quotient of 45.7823 ÷ 0.001.
A. 45.7823 B. 457.823 C. 4578.23 D. 45782.3
4) Divide 5.257 by 0.1
A. 5.257 B. 52.57 C. 525.7 D. 5257
5) What is the quotient when 234.15 is divided by 100?
A. 234.15 B. 23.415 C. 2.3415 D. 23415.0

6) Find the quotient 100 26.8


A. 0.268 B. 2.68 C. 26.8 D. 268
7) Divide 456.78 by 10
A. 45678 B. 4.5678 C. 45.678 D. 456.78
8) What is the answer when 516.2 is divided by 1000?
A. 5162 B. 0.5162 C. 5.162 D. 51.62
9) Find the quotient of 72.38 by 0.001
A. 72380 B. 72381 C. 72382 D. 72383
10) If 539.5 is divided by 100, gives what quotient?
A. 539.5 B. 53.95 C. 5.395 D. 0.5395

*** If you got an honest score of 10 points (perfect score), you may skip the lesson proper of
each lesson and proceed to the activities or exercises.

22
Module
Lesson
8
Division of Decimals
8
We often encountered numbers presented as decimals in our daily life. Kilowatt-hour
consumed in electricity, price tags of an item in the department stores and a cost of
gasoline per liter are commonly written in decimals. Hence, your ability to work with
them is a computational skill not to be overlooked.

In this module, you will learn to divide decimals up to 4 decimal places by 0.1, 0.01,
and 0.001 M6NS-Ih-116.5 ; and divide decimals up to 2 decimal places by 10, 100 and
1000 mentally M6NS-Ih-118.

Wha I

Observe the quotients below.

2.541 ÷ 0.01 = 254.1 563. 64 ÷ 10 = 56.364


26.342 ÷ 0.001 = 26 342 241.36 ÷ 100 = 2.4136

Let s try:
a) 14.54 ÷ 0.1 = _________ d) 37.51 ÷ 10 = _________
b) 2.8521 ÷ 0.01 = _________ e) 242.4 ÷ 100 = _________
c) 44.21 ÷ 0.001 = _________ f) 517.21 ÷ 1000 = _________

Wha Ne
What have you noticed from the activity? How does the decimal point move?

The decimal point moves one place to the right when the divisor is 0.1, two places to
the right if the divisor is 0.01 and three places to the right when the divisor is 0.001.
The decimal point moves one place to the left when the divisor is 10, two places to the
left if the divisor is 100 and three places to the left when the divisor is 1000.

What is It
Division of Decimals Up to 4 Decimal Places by 0.1, 0.01, and 0.001:

Find the quotient of the following:


1) 4.92 and 0.1 2) 53.781 and 0.01 3) 12.6423 and 0.001
Solutions:

23
Move the decimal points in the dividend and divisor 1 place to
1) 4.92 ÷ 0.1= 49.2 ÷ 1 the right to make the divisor a whole number.
= 49.2 Divide the dividend by the divisor

Move the decimal points in the dividend and divisor 2 places


2) 53.781 ÷ 0.01 = 5378.1 ÷ 1
to the right to make the divisor a whole number.
= 5 378.1 Divide the dividend by the divisor

3) 12.6423 ÷ 0.001 = Move the decimal points in the dividend and divisor 3 places
to the right to make the divisor a whole number.
12642.3 ÷ 1 = 12 642.3 Divide the dividend by the divisor

Division of Decimals Up to 2 Decimal Places by 10, 100, and 1000 mentally:

1) Divide 0.5 by 10
Solution:

0.5 ÷ 10 = 0.05

1 zero

Move the decimal point 1 place to the left.

2) Divide 345.7 by 100


Solution:

3 4 5 . 7 ÷ 100 = 3.457

2 zeroes

Move the decimal point 2 place to the left.

24
3) Divide 24.53 by 1000
Solution:
. 0 2 4 . 5 3 ÷ 1000 = 0.02453

3 zeroes

Move the decimal point 3 places to the


left.

What M e
I. Try These!
I. Find the quotient: II. Give the answer mentally as fast as you can:
1) 7.83 ÷ 0.01 = _____ 1) 56.4 ÷ 10 = _____
2) 45.63 ÷ 0.1 = _____ 2) 3.584 ÷ 100 = _____
3) 82.7254 ÷ 0.001 = _____ 3) 13. 47 ÷ 10 = _____
4) 91.2 ÷ 0.1 = _____ 4) 4876.3 ÷ 1000 = _____
5) 345.75 ÷ 0.01 = _____ 5) 367.91 ÷ 100 = _____

II. Keep Trying!


I. Find the missing term: II. How many decimal places should the
quotient have?
1) _____ ÷ 0.1 = 292 1) 61.35 ÷ 100 = _____
2) 78.532 ÷ 0.001 = ______ 2) 3453.18 ÷ 1000 = _____
3) _____ ÷ 0.01 = 576.5 3) 589.83 ÷ 10 = _____
4) _____ ÷ 0.01 = 3 858 4) 6.15 ÷ 100 = _____
5) _____ ÷ 0.1 = 920 5) 41.28 ÷ 1000 = _____

What I Have Learned

Complete the sentences by supplying the appropriate words on the blanks.

Dividing
To divide a decimal
decimal number by
byanother decimal
0.1, 0.01, is easymove
and 0.001 if youthe
change the divisor
decimal into a
point _____
wholeand
place, _____ places number. First, move
_____ places to the the decimal respectively.
_________, points the same number of places in
the dividend and divisor to the right to make the divisor a whole number. Then
To divide decimal number by 10, 100, and 1000 move the decimal point _____ place,
divide.
_____ places and _____ places to the _______, respectively.

25

When a decimal is divided by 10, 100, or 1000, the decimal point is moved 1,
What I Can Do

I. Connecting to the Real World!


1) In a gasoline station, a gasoline costs Php 48.25 per liter. Joseph pays the gasoline boy
Php 482.50. How many liters of gasoline were pumped into Joseph s motorcycle?

II. Go for an Extra Mile!


Solve the following problems involving division of decimals.
1) A group of 10 pupils are running a total of 23.2 kilometers marathon for brigada.
They want to make sure each run at the same distance. How far should each pupil
run?
2) During brigada, the school was able to raise Php 7 695.96. The school decided to
share it equally among 100 classrooms. How much will each classroom receive?
3) The movie house was filled with 650 people. The audience was seated in 10 rows of
equal number. How many people occupied in each row?
4) A driver is travelling 675.32 km from a province to another province. The driver
wants to split the journey into 10 days equally. How far should he drive each day?
5) 1000 milligrams is equivalent to 0.001 kilogram. A bag weighs 873.66 kilograms.
Determine the weight of the bag in milligrams.

26
Assessment

Let s find out how much you have learned about the lesson.

Mathematics 6 Quarter 1 Week 8 Score:

Name: Teacher:
Grade & Section: _____________________ Parent s Signature:

Directions: Encircle the letter of your answer.

1. When 983.43 is divided by 10, what is the quotient?


A. 0.01016849 B. 9.8343 C. 983.43 D. 98.343
2. Teacher Chona s class has to raise Php 562.50 for a geoboard in Math class with 3
groups. Each group has 10 members. How much will each pupil in the group
contribute?
A. Php 562.50 B. Php 187.50 C. Php 56.25 D. Php 18.75
3. What is the quotient when 2.7165 is divided by one-tenth?
A. 271.65 B. 272.65 C. 3.681 D. 27.165
4. What is the quotient when 22.5567 is divided by 0.01?
A. 2.25567 B. 225.567 C. 2 255.67 D. 22 556.70
5. A customer of Aling Loida paid Php 1 550.50 for 10 kilograms of chicken. How much
did Aling Loida charge for a kilogram of chicken?
A. Php 1.5505 B. Php 15.505 C. Php 155.05 D. Php 15 505
6. How many 0.001 are there in 57.65?
A. 0.05765 B. 57.65 C. 576.5 D. 57 650
7. When 674.3 is divided by 100, what is the quotient?
A. 6.743 B. 67.43 C. 674.3 D. 67 430
8. What is the quotient of 52.19 divided by 0.001?
A. 52 190 B. 5 219.1 C. 52.190 D. 5.219
9. Jona and her 9 friends sold sampaguita garlands with the total of Php 3 568.23 last
Saturday. They shared equally their earnings for that day. How much did each
receive?
A. Php 35.6823 B. Php 356.823 C. Php 35 682.3 D. Php 356 823
10. Teacher Lyn bought 100 reams of bond paper worth Php 14 050.10. How much did
each ream of bond paper costs?
A. 1.405010 B. 14.0501 C. 140.501 D. 14050.10

27
6
Science
Quarter 1
Matter
Learner’s Activity Sheet

1 | Page
Table of Contents
Cover Page ………………………………………………………………………….1

WEEK 5 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN


Activity 1. Sieving and Use of Magnet…………………………………………… 3
Activity 2. Picking and Scooping…………………………………………………. 5
Activity 3. Flotation ………………………………………….….……………....... 7
Activity 4. Simple Distillation ……………………………………………………. 9
Activity 5. Simple Chromatography ……………………………………………... 12

WEEK 6 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN


Activity 1. Uses of the Different Methods of Separating Mixtures
in our Daily Lives…………………………………………………………………... 15
Activity 2. Importance of the Different Methods of Separating Mixtures
in our Daily Lives ………………………………………………………………….. 19
Activity 3. Process Flow on How Each Component of a Mixture will be
Separated from its Mixture (Teacher Prepared Mixture) ………….……….………. 23
Activity 4. Process Flow on How Each Component of a Mixture will be
Separated from its Mixture (Teacher Prepared Mixture) …………………..………. 25
Activity 5. Investigate Chemical Reaction ………………………………………... 27

2 | Page
NAME __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION _________________________Date: _______________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
Process of Separating Mixtures (Sieving and Magnetism)
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-1d-f-2.5
First Quarter
Week 5 Day 1
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities about the process of separating mixtures through
sieving and magnetism. You may answer directly to this activity sheets and make sure to follow
the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions the best that you can and
please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY NO. 1

Materials composed of bigger and finer particles can be separated from each other through
sieving. Sieving is a method of separation based on difference in size of particles. It uses sieve
plates for separation of coarse particles from finer ones such as sand and pebbles.
Another physical means of separation is magnetization. Magnet is used to separate those
materials with known magnetic properties when mixed with those that don’t such as iron
fillings when mixed with sand. You can pick up the iron fillings by digging a small magnet
into the sand and pulling it out.
OBJECTIVES
Investigate the process of separating mixture through sieving and use of
magnet

For sieving
For magnetism
Mixture of rice grains magnet
Peanuts and mongo seed 10g iron filling
Sieve or salaan (screen wire) 10g sulfur powder
bamboo with rice-sized holes) one-ply tissue paper
big basin

3 | Page
Activity 1
1. Lay a basin on the floor.
2. Place the sieve over the basin.
3. Pour the mixture of the rice grains, peanuts and mongo seeds to the sieve
4. Shake the sieve. Observe what happens.
Guided Questions:
1. Which passed through the sieve and dropped on the basin? _____________________
2. Which were filtered by the sieve? Why were they filtered? _____________________
3. In what way can the rice grains be separated from the peanut seeds? ______________
4. What is the process used in separating mixtures? ____________________________

Activity 2
A. Prepare all the materials needed.
B. Wrap the exposed part of the magnet in one-ply tissue paper before using it. (It is difficult
to remove fillings from a magnet)
C. Hold the magnet over a mixture of 10g powdered sulfur and 10g iron fillings.
D. Describe what happens.

Based on the activity, what happened to the mixture when you use sieving and magnetism as a
process of separating mixture?
____________________________________________________________________.

1. The construction worker wants to separate fine particles of sand from the mixture of sand
and gravel. What will he do? _________________________________________.
2. You suddenly dropped your pair of earrings in the basin of rice grains. What will you do to
retrieve the earrings from the rice grains? _______________________________.

Write True if the statement is correct and False if not.


______1. Magnets exert force on metallic objects.
______2. Plastic spoons and forks are attracted by magnets.
______3. You can use magnet in separating nails from sawdust.
______4. Soil and sand can be separated through sieving.
______5. Bigger and finer particles can be separated through magnetism.

4 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK and
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME: ____________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: ________________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
Process of Separating Mixture through Picking and Scooping
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.6

First Quarter
Week 5 Day 2
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities about the way of separating a mixture through
picking (physical manipulation) and scooping. You may answer directly to this activity sheets
and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions
the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 2

Mixtures are formed when two or more substances physically combined. Milled rice
is a mixture of seeds, small rocks and rice. Before cooking it, we usually remove the seeds and
small rocks. Sinigang is a mixture of pork and different vegetables. While cooking your mother
usually remove the bubbles and extra fats floating.
Physical Manipulation / Picking – is a technique used in separating the solid
components of a heterogeneous mixture. The components of the mixture
Source:https://www.a
should be big enough to be seen and picked up by hands or forceps. Scooping
plustopper.com/meth – is a technique used in separating less-dense from a denser component in a
mixture. In the process of scooping, the mixture is left undisturbed.
When the components are separated, the less – dense substance could be
removed by using a spoon.
Source:https://www.acres-
wild.com/Acres%20Wild%
20Album/slides/Ricotta%2
OBJECTIVES
Investigate the process of separating mixture through picking and
WHAT I NEED (MATERIALS)
scooping
plastic cup oil water metal spoon
barbecue stick mixed nuts plate / bowl

WHAT TO DO (PROCEDURE)
PART A:
1. Combine water and oil in a plastic cup and stir using a barbecue stick
2. Let the mixture undisturbed for 2 minutes and observe.
3. Separate the components of your mixture using a metal spoon.
5 | Page
4. Answer the questions below
Guided Questions:
1. What are the components of your mixture? ________________________________
2. What have you observe when you let your mixture undisturbed for some time? ___
3. Were you able to separate the components of your mixture? How? _____________
4. What technique / process did you use? ___________________________________
PART B:
1. Pour 1 pack of mixed nuts (Ding Dong) in a bowl.
2. Observe the components of the mixture and try to identify the kind of nut.
3. Separate / Group the nuts according to kind on a plate
4. Answer the questions below.
Guided Questions:
1. What are the components / different kinds of nuts found in pack of Ding Dong? ____
2. Were you able to separate the components / kinds of nuts in 1 pack of Ding Dong? How?
________________________________________________________________
3. What process / technique did you use? ____________________________________

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


Complete the paragraph below:
Mixtures are formed when two or more substances physically combined. There are
different ways / techniques that can use to separate the components of a mixture. One way is
scooping. It is a technique used in separating ____ from a denser component in a mixture. In
the process of scooping, the mixture is left ____. When the components are separated, the less
– dense substance could be removed by using a ____.
Another way is physical manipulation / picking. It is a technique used in separating
the ____ components of a heterogeneous mixture. The components of the mixture should be
____ enough to be seen and picked up by hands or forceps. When you separate seeds and sand
from milled rice, you used your bared __________.
WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)
What is the advantage of picking the seeds and small rocks in milled rice before
cooking? _______________________________________________________
CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
A. List 3 mixtures that can be separated using the learned technique. Write your
answer on the table below.
Physical Manipulation / Picking Scooping

B. In your daily activities at home, in what task can you use technique of separating mixtures
1. Hand Manipulation / Picking - __________________________________________
2. Scooping - _________________________________________________________

6 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION ______________________Date: __________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
Process of Separating Mixture through Flotation
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.7

First Quarter
Week 5 Day 3
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities about the process of separating mixture through
flotation. You may answer directly to this activity sheets and make sure to follow the directions
stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions the best that you can and please write
legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.

ACTIVITY NO. 3

Flotation Separation is a way of separating mixtures


that are less dense than another substance. It is used to separate substances by whether they
float or sink. When a mixture is put into a tube and is stirred, the lighter substance should rise
above the heavier substance. The substances are then separated and can be removed separately.
For example, the pencil shavings dropped in the water. When it happens, you can easily
separate the particles of pencil shavings in the water because they are floating. Another
example is when you are washing the rice grains that you are about to cook, there are smaller
particles of rice bran floating in the water. You can easily separate the floating particles.
OBJECTIVES
Investigate the process of separating mixture through flotation.

3 basins
mixture of cooking oil and water
mixture of dry leaves, rocks and water
mixture of rice grains, crushed Styrofoam and water

7 | Page
1. Place all the materials on the table.
2. On the first basin, put the mixture of cooking oil and water. Stir.
3. On the second basin, put the mixture of dry leaves, rocks and water. Stir.
4. On the third basin, put the mixture of rice grains, crushed Styrofoam and water. Stir.
5. Write your observations on the table below.
MIXTURES Which materials Which materials
FLOAT? SINK?
saw dust and sand
dry leaves and rocks
rice grains and crushed styro foams
Guided Questions:
1. What makes the materials float? _________________________________________
2. What makes the materials sink? __________________________________________
3. How did you manage to separate the cooking oil from the water? ________________
4. How did you separate the rice grains from crushed Styrofoam? _________________
5. What do you call the process of separating mixtures by allowing the less dense materials to
float in water? _______________________________________________

How can we separate mixtures using flotation method?


________________________________________________________________

There is an oil spill on the pond. What will you do to get rid of the oil on the pond?
Why? __________________________________________________________

Draw a on the mixture that can be separated by the process of floatation and
a if not.

__________1. Shredded wood and water


__________2. Oil and water
__________3. Salt and vinegar
__________4. Water and rice pellets
__________5. Gasoline and cooking oil

8 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME ___________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION ________________________Date: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
Process of Separating Mixture through Simple Distillation
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.8

First Quarter
Week 5 Day 4
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities about the process of separating mixture through
distillation. You may answer directly to this activity sheets and make sure to follow the
directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions the best that you can and
please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.

ACTIVITY NO. 4

The individual substances in a mixture can be separated using different methods,


depending on the type of mixture. One of this method is called distillation. In this module, you
will learn distillation process as one of the techniques on how to separate mixtures.
Simple distillation is a method for separating two liquids with different boiling points.
For example, water can be separated from salt solution by simple distillation. This method
works because water has a much lower boiling point than salt.
When the solution is heated, the water evaporates. It is then cooled and condensed into
a separate container. The salt does not evaporate and so it stays behind.

Figure 1. Simple Distillation Set-up


Source: https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/separation-by-distillation/

Distillation also has many uses. Many products that we utilize everyday are products
of distillation. Distillation is widely used in laboratories in making medicines. Water
purification also uses distillation process. Portable water can be produced from salt water using

9 | Page
this process. Oil refineries or Plantations also uses distillation to separate petrol and diesel from
crude oil. Steam distillation is used to produce natural food flavorings such as oil and food
extracts from herbs and other spices.
OBJECTIVES
Investigate the process of separating mixture through simple distillation.

8 cups salt solution


metal pot with lid
container /bowl cooking stove

1. Make a simple Distillation set- up by starting to boil a pot of salt water. Place all the
materials.
2. Set a lid on the pot offset. Balance the lid on the pot so that part of it is hanging over the rim.
3. Watch as condensation forms on the bottom of the lid and starts to trickle down it.
4. As the saltwater boils, the water (minus the salt)
will turn into vapor. As it hits the lid, it will cool
slightly and form liquid condensation (water) on
the underside of the lid.
5. Let the water collect in a bowl. Since water runs
downhill, the condensation on the underside of the
lid will naturally gather at the lowest point of the
lid. Place a bowl under this spot to catch the drops
of distilled water as they fall.
Source: https://www.wikihow.com/Separate-Salt-from-
Water?fbclid=IwAR0yM1pu7wxNVwQxPe6cEza20b0K2TrDK42WItvvuY_oG1Lq3eMGLxpYBAI

Guided Questions:
1. What characteristics did you observe from the salt water before heating it?
______________________________________________________________
2. What characteristics did you observe from the collected water in the bowl?
______________________________________________________________
3. Is the collected water different from the salt water? explain your answer.
_______________________________________________________________
4. What two components in the mixture that we are able to separate?
______________________________________________________________
5. How does the distillation process work?
______________________________________________________________

10 | Page
How can we separate mixtures using distillation process?
______________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

Suppose that you are stranded in an island where there is no or limited supply of
drinking water, how would you convert salt water to be able to drink?
______________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

Choose the letter of your answers. Write your answer on the space provided.
______1. It is a separation technique which uses boiling to separate mixtures of liquid
solutions.
A. Filtration B. Sieving C. Flotation D. Chromatography
______2. Distillation uses _______ to separate mixtures of liquid solutions.
A. boiling or heating B. cooling C. sieving D. filtering
______3. Which of the following mixtures can be separated using simple distillation?
A. mixture of sand and pebbles
B. mixture of Alcohol and water
C. mixture of small and big marbles
D. mixture of sugar and salt
______4. What will happen to the salt water after it is heated?
A. the salt solution will change its color
B. the water from the salt solution will freeze
C. the water from the salt solution evaporates and turn into vapor
D. the salt solution will melt
______5. Simple distillation is a method for separating which kind of mixtures?
A. two liquids with similar boiling points.
B. two liquids with different freezing points.
C. two liquids with different boiling points.
D. two liquids with similar freezing points.

11 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME ____________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION ___________________________Date: ________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
Process of Separating Mixture through Simple Chromatography
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.9 S6MT-Id-f-2.8

First Quarter
Week 5 Day 5
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities about the process of separating mixture through
simple chromatography. You may answer directly to this activity sheets and make sure to
follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions the best that you
can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY NO. 5

Chromatography is a method using mixed


substances that depends on the speed at which they move
through special media, or chemical substances. It consists
of a stationary phase (a solid) and a mobile phase (a liquid
or a gas). The mobile phase flows through the stationary
phase.
It is a process in which a chemical mixture carried
by a liquid or gas is separated into components as a result
Source:https://www.topperlearning.com/answer/ of differential distribution of the solutes as they flow
apparatus-procedure-observation-and-
conclusion-for-paper-chromatography-and-
around or over a stationary liquid or solid phase.
Chromatography is good in separating dissolved substances that have different colors,
such as inks and plant dyes. Chromatography works in separating dyes because some of the
colored substances dissolve in liquid better than others, so they travel further up the paper.
Chromatography is used in hospitals to detect the level of alcohol in the bloodstream.
It is also used in environment agencies to detect the level of pollutants in the water supply.
Chromatography is an important diagnostic tool used by chemists and forensic
technicians to separate and analyze substances.
OBJECTIVES
Investigate the process of separating mixture through simple
chromatography.

12 | Page
different colors of markers glasses with water
paper towels masking tape

1. Get a ruler and a piece of paper towel.


2. Using a pencil and ruler, draw a straight line across the paper, about 1.5 cm above the bottom
edge. This is the starting line. Draw another line about 10 cm above the bottom edge. This is
the finish line.
3. On the starting line, measure in from one side about 2.5 cm and lightly draw a small “x”
centered on the starting line. Draw 2 more, 1.5 cm apart.
4. In the center of each “x” make a small spot of ink in different colors just like the picture
below.

Source:https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Ancillary_Materials/Laboratory_Experiments/Wet_Lab_Experiments/General_Chemistry_Labs/Online_Chemistry_L
ab_Manual/Chem_9_Experiments/02%3A_Paper_Chromatography_of_Gel_Ink_Pens_(Experiment)

5. Get a small piece of tape and gently curl the paper into a cylinder, with the spots on the
outside. Tape the ends together near the top and bottom, taking care that the two edges of the
paper do not touch.
6. Gently place the paper into the clear cup/glass with half-filled water. Remember that the
spots must be above the liquid level for the experiment to work.
7. When the ink reaches the finish line, remove the paper from the clear cup/glass, being careful
to touch only the top. Gently remove the tape and lay the filter paper on a paper towel.
8. Draw your observations on the box below.

Guided Questions:
1. What colors did you observe in each of the black ink samples? ________________

13 | Page
2. Do the colors occur in the same order and in the same location on all the samples? Explain.
_____________________________________________________________
3. Did some ink samples not work? Why? __________________________________
4. What characteristics did you observe from the different colors of the ink after placing it in
water? ____________________________________________________________
5. How does the simple paper chromatography work? __________________________

Choose the correct answer in the box below:


stationary phase level of pollutants mixtures
level of alcohol mobile phase separation
mixed substances solid liquid gas
Chromatography is a method using _______________ that depends on the speed at
which they move through special media, or chemical substances. It consists of a ________ (a
solid) and a _____ (a liquid or a gas). The mobile phase flows through the stationary phase.
Chromatography is used in hospitals to detect the _____ in the bloodstream. It is also
used in environment agencies to detect the _____ in the water supply.

How does policemen and other investigators use chromatography?


_____________________________________________________________________

A. Rearrange the jumbled to complete the statement below.


1. __________ consists of a stationary phase (a solid) and a mobile phase (a liquid or a gas).
AACGHHMOOPRRTY
2. Chromatography is good in __________ dissolved substances that have different colors,
such as inks and plant dyes. AAEGINPRST
3. Chromatography is a method using mixed substances that depends on the speed at which
they move through special media, or _______. ACCEHILM ABCENSSSTU
4. Chromatography is an important _______________ used by chemists and forensic
technicians to separate and analyze substances. ACDGIINOST LOOT
5. Chromatography works in separating dyes because some of the colored substances dissolve
in _______ better than others, so they travel further up the paper. DIILQU

B. Using the diagram below, explain how chromatography occurs in separating the
mixture, and give at least 2 situations where we can use this process
in our daily lives.
___________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Source:https://www.topper
learning.com/answer/appar
__________________________________________________________
atus-procedure- __________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
14 | Page
__________________________________________________________
___________________________________
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)
NAME: __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: ______________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY: EXPLAIN THE USES AND IMPORTANCE OF
THE DIFFERENT METHODS OF SEPARATING MIXTURES IN OUR
DAILY LIVES
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.10

First Quarter
Week 6 Day 1
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities explaining the uses and importance of the different
methods of separating mixtures in our daily lives. You may answer directly to this activity
sheets and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all
questions the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 1

It is important to be able to separate mixtures using the different methods such as


decantation, evaporation; sieving, filtration and using magnets to obtain a desired component
from the mixture and to be able to better understand how each component contributes to the
properties, chemical and physical, of the resulting mixture.
Uses of the different methods of separating mixtures
Decantation is frequently used to purify a liquid by separating it from a suspension of
insoluble particles (e.g. in red wine, where the wine is decanted from the potassium crystals to
avoid unsavory taste).
Evaporation is also used to concentrate liquid foods such as noodles and make condensed
milk, the product of a process that removes water from milk. Similarly, pharmaceutical
companies use evaporators to remove excess moisture from drugs, thus improving product
stability.
Sieving is defined as a method in which two or more components of different sizes are
separated from a mixture on the basis of the difference in their sizes. Thus, it cannot separate
two substances in a mixture which have the same size. For example, it cannot separate a mixture
of chalk powder from flour.

15 | Page
Filtration is used to separate particles and suspended liquids, where the liquid can be liquid,
gas, or supercritical fluid. Depending on the application, one or both components can be
isolated.
Magnets are used to make a tight seal on the doors to refrigerators and freezers. It power
speakers in stereos, earphones, and televisions. Magnets are used to store data in computers,
and are important in scanning machines called MRIs (magnetic resonance imagers), which
doctors use to look inside people's bodies.
Handpicking is a separation technique used to remove the unwanted impurities from the
mixture by hand. It involves simply picking out substances by hand and separating them form
others. Handpicking method can be used when items differ on the basis of color, shape and
weight.
Scooping pick up and move (something) with a scoop.
Simple distillation, a liquid is boiled and the vapors progress through the apparatus until they
reach the condenser where they are cooled and re-liquefy. Liquids are separated based upon
their differences in boiling point.
Chromatography is a method used by scientists for separating organic and inorganic
compounds so that they can be analyzed and studied. By analyzing a compound, a scientist can
figure out what makes up that compound. Chromatography is a great physical method for
observing mixtures and solvents.
Flotation is a process for selectively separating hydrophobic materials from hydrophilic. This
is used in mineral processing, paper recycling and waste-water treatment industries.
OBJECTIVES
Explain the uses and importance of the different methods of
separating mixtures in our daily lives. (S6MT-Id-f-2.10)
WHAT I NEED (MATERIALS)
▪ Worksheet
▪ Pen

WHAT TO DO (PROCEDURE)
PART A: Direction: Explain the uses of the different methods in separating mixtures in
your daily life.

https://www.google.com/search?q=decantation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa https://www.google.com/search?q=evaporation&tbm=isch&ved https://www.google.com/search?q=sieving&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=

Decantation Evaporation Sieving


______________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
______________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
______________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
___________________ _________________________ _________________________

16 | Page
https://www.google.com/search?q=magnet&tbm=isch&ved=2ahUKEwjmxI https://www.google.com/search?q=hand+picking&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa
https://www.google.com/search?q=filtration&tbm=isch&ved

Filtration Using Magnet Handpicking


____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
_________________________ _________________________ _________________________

https://www.google.com/search?q=scooping&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&sqi https://www.google.com/search?q=simple+distillation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa https://www.google.com/search?q=chromatography&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa

Scooping Simple Distillation Chromatography


____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
_________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Flotation
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
_________________________

https://www.google.com/search?q=magnet&tbm=isch&ved=2ahUKEwjmxI

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


What are the methods of separating mixtures?
How are the methods of separating mixtures useful in everyday life?
___________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________

WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)


Among the methods in separating mixtures, choose two methods that you usually
use at home then explain the uses in your daily life.
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

17 | Page
CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
A. Choose a method of separating mixtures in the word bank.

DECANTATION EVAPORATION FILTRATION


USING MAGNET HAND PICKING SCOOPING
FLOTATION SIMPLE DISTILLATION
CHROMATOGRAPHY SIEVING

1._________________ is used for selectively separating hydrophobic materials from


hydrophilic.
2. ________________is used by scientists for separating organic and inorganic
compounds.
3. ________________, a liquid is boiled and the vapors progress through the apparatus
until they reach the condenser where they are cooled and re-liquefy.
4. ________________is used pick up and move (something) with a scoop.
5. ________________ is used a separation technique used to remove the unwanted
impurities from the mixture by hand.
6. _______________ is used to make a tight seal on the doors to refrigerators and
freezers.
7. _______________ is used to separate particles and suspended liquids, where the
liquid can be liquid, gas, or supercritical fluid.
8. _______________ it is used as a method in which two or more components of
different sizes are separated from a mixture on the basis of the difference in their sizes.
9. _______________ it is used to concentrate liquid foods such as noodles and make
condensed milk, the product of a process that removes water from milk.
10. ______________ is frequently used to purify a liquid by separating it from a
suspension of insoluble particles

18 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME: __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: ______________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY: EXPLAIN THE USES AND IMPORTANCE OF
THE DIFFERENT METHODS OF SEPARATING MIXTURES IN OUR
DAILY LIVES
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.10

First Quarter
Week 6 Day 2
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities explaining the uses and importance of the different
methods of separating mixtures in our daily lives. You may answer directly to this activity
sheets and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all
questions the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 2

We separate mixtures because they contain one or more useful substances or to identify
what’s in the mixture. Although the apparatus and purpose behind each separation technique
look different, they all rely on a common principle: we can separate mixtures because they
contain substances that have different physical properties.
Importance of Decantation:
● To produce the clean, decant or remove the unwanted liquid from the precipitate.
● This process is very common for water purification, gas purification and all types of
purification process.
● It makes the insoluble substance from liquid to slowly settle down which is a result of
gravitational force.
Importance of Evaporation:
● One of the most common real-life examples of evaporation is drying of clothes under
the sun.
● Preparation of common salt is also a widespread example of the evaporation. The
seawater goes under the evaporation, which results in the formation of salt crystals.
● How does the wet floor dries up? Where does the water go away? The simple answer
is that the water is evaporated because of the heat and making the floor completely
dries.
Importance of Sieving:
● Used to separate mixture which contains substances of different sizes by passing it
through tiny holes.

19 | Page
● You can use it in deep-frying. For example, you can easily get a large amount of potato
fries on a pan using a sieve.
● You can use a sieve to separate or remove water from your pasta/noodles.
Importance of Filtration
● The water you drink is almost certainly filtered to remove particles, chemicals, heavy
metals and more.
● In your body, the kidneys, liver and lungs are the most obvious. You could also list the
digestive systems, which remove nutrients and water from food.
● Brewing coffee involves passing hot water through the ground coffee and a filter.
Importance of Magnet
● Magnets are used inside TVs, Sound speakers and radios. The small coil of wire and a
magnet inside a speaker transforms the electronic signal to sound vibrations.
● Magnets are used inside a generator to transform mechanical energy to electrical
energy where there are other kinds of motors which use magnets to change electrical
energy to mechanical energy.
● Magnets can help collect all the nails which are scattered on the ground after a repair
job.
Hand Picking
● Handpicking is a separation technique in which we have to separate the undesirable
substances from the useful products. Some of the substances are easily separated by
taking out the impurities using with our bare hands.
Scooping
● Scooping to move something with a scoop or with something used as a scoop
Simple Distillation
● The most common purpose for simple distillation is to purify drinking water of
unwanted chemicals and minerals such as salt.
Flotation
● Flotation the separation of the particles of a mass of pulverized ore according to their
relative capacity for floating on a given liquid
Chromatography
● Chromatography plays an important role in many pharmaceutical industries and also in
the chemical and food industry. Chromatography is used for quality analyses and
checker in the food industry, by identifying and separating, analyzing additives,
vitamins, preservatives, proteins, and amino acids.

PART A: Explain the importance of the different methods in separating mixtures in your daily
life.
DECANTATION
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_______
https://www.google.com/search?q=decantation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

EVAPORATION
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________
https://www.google.com/search?q=evaporation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa

SIEVING
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________ 20 | Page
___
https://www.google.com/search?q=sieving&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

USING MAGNET
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________
https://www.google.com/search?q=sieving&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

FILTRATION
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________
https://www.google.com/search?q=filtration&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

HAND PICKING
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________
https://www.google.com/search?q=hand+picking&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

SCOOPING
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________
https://www.google.com/search?q=scooping&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

SIMPLE DISTILLATION
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________
https://www.google.com/search?q=distillation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved

FLOTATION
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________
https://www.google.com/search?q=flotation&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=2ahU
KEwjv

CHROMATOGRAPHY
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
https://www.google.com/search?q=chromatography&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ve
_______________
d=2ahUKEwierqTPv

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


How are the methods of separating mixtures important in everyday life?
__________________________________________________________________________

21 | Page
WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)
1. What is the importance of knowing the different methods of separating mixtures in your
daily life? __________________________________________________
2. In the lab, a scientist accidentally dropped a ball bearing into a beaker of hot water and
wanted to get it out as soon as possible as the hot water will be used in an experiment.
What can he do? __________________________________________

CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
Encircle the letter of the correct answer.
1. Distillation is NOT used to _________.
A. Separate a mixture with solid impurities in a solution
B. Separate a mixture of liquids in a solution
C. Separate and identify the components of a mixture
D. Separate a solvent from a solution
2. process used to separate heterogeneous mixtures of solids and liquids is called __.
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
3. ______is a separation technique that uses the differences in boiling points of various
substances to separate mixtures.
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
4. A technique that separates a mixture based on the individual substance's tendency to travel
across a surface is called _____.
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
5. The formation of pure solid particles of a substance from a solution is called _____.
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
6. Suspensions are best separated by which process?
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
7. Some solutions, such as salt water, are separated by which process?
A. Filtration C. Evaporation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
8. Permanent marker ink is best separated by which process?
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
9. Rock candy is made by a separation process called ____________.
A. Filtration C. Distillation
B. Crystallization D. Chromatography
10. When do we use evaporation to separate components?
A. A solid-solid mixture when one of the components sublimes
B. A solid-liquid mixture when solid particles are dissolved.
C. A liquid-liquid mixture when one of the liquids has a lower boiling point.
D. A liquid-solid mixture when solid particles can be seen in the mixture.

22 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME: __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: ______________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
FLOW CHART OF SEPARATING MIXTURES
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.11

First Quarter
Week 6 Day 3
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activity that gives information using flow charts to know the
proper methods in separating mixtures at home. You may answer directly to this activity sheets
and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions
the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 3

Mixtures can be separated using a variety of techniques depending on the type of


mixture. These methods include decantation and filtration.
Mixtures with undissolved solutes can be separated by decantation while separating the
soluble solids from water using filter paper, cloth and strainer is known as filtration.
A flow chart indicates the general flow on how mixtures are separated.
OBJECTIVE
Prepare a process flow on how each component of a mixture will be
separated from its mixture (teacher prepared mixture)

WHAT I NEED (MATERIALS)


▪ Worksheet
▪ Pen

WHAT TO DO (PROCEDURE)
Complete the flowchart on how to cook rice using the process of decantation.
Write your answers inside the boxes following the arrow.

*Pour and measure the correct amount of water.


*Let it boil.
*Before cooking rice, wash it first.
*Separate the rice from the water by simply pouring it
* Wash again the grain until it is clean,

23 | Page
Guided Questions:
1. What method of separating mixture did you use in cooking rice? _______________
2. How did you identify the correct order of cooking rice? ______________________

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


What are the steps in cooking rice using the process of decantation?
_____________________________________________________________________
WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)
1. Your mother asked you to prepare calamansi juice. How are you going to
separate the calamansi seeds from the mixture? ______________________.
2. How do you separate the used cooking oil from the sediments? _________________.

CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
Prepare a flow chart on how to filter the water in a faucet. Write your answers
inside the boxes following the arrow.

- Let the water pass through a clean cloth


- Pour the clean water in a container
- To make sure that the water is clean, first we use clean cloth to filter the water
- The cloth traps the dirt, sand and other particles.
- By this way, you can put away the unwanted particles from your water.

Filtered
Water

Water from
the faucet

24 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)

NAME: __________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: ______________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY:
FLOW CHART OF SEPARATING MIXTURES
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: S6MT-Id-f-2.11

First Quarter
Week 6 Day 4
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activity that gives information using flow charts to know the
proper methods in separating mixtures at home. You may answer directly to this activity sheets
and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the activity. Answer all questions
the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 4

Different methods of separating mixtures are being used at home and laboratories.
Separating mixtures are done to make substance more useful.
Mixtures can be separated by using methods that use differences in physical properties
to separate the components of the mixture such as sieving, magnetism, and scooping.
A flow chart indicates the general flow on how mixtures are separated.
OBJECTIVE
Prepare a process flow on how each component of a mixture will be
separated from its mixture (teacher prepared mixture)

WHAT I NEED (MATERIALS)


▪ Worksheet
▪ Pen

WHAT TO DO (PROCEDURE)
Your mother will cook nilagang baboy. What is the correct process in cleaning the
meat? Complete the flowchart on how to clean meat using the process of scooping. Write your
answers inside the boxes following the arrow.
● Remove the bubbles and dirt away by using a spoon.
● Wash the meat properly.
● When boiling the meat, the bubbles and all the unwanted things like fats began to float.
● Next, place the meat inside the cooking pan.
● Add water, let it boil.

25 | Page
Guided Questions:
1. What method of separating mixture did you used in cleaning the meat?
_____________________________________________________________________
2. How did you identify the correct order of cleaning the meat?
_____________________________________________________________________

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


What are the steps in cleaning the meat using the process of scooping?

WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)


1. Your mother asked you to separate all the coins from your piggy bank. How are you going
to separate the one-peso coin from five peso to ten peso coin?
_____________________________________________________________________
2. While doing the laundry, how do you separate the white clothes from the colored ones?
________________________________________________________________

CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
Draw a line from the process to its correct description.

Evaporating and Condensing Separates insoluble solids from liquids

Separates two liquids which have


Decanting different ‘weights’

Magnetism Separates different sized solids

Separates soluble solid from liquids


Filtering
Separates iron and steel from non-
Sieving magnetic materials

26 | Page
WEEKLY HOME LEARNING TASK AND
INDIVIDUAL MONITORING PLAN (c/o Teacher/Adviser)
NAME: _____________________________________________________________
GRADE & SECTION: _________________________DATE: _________________
TITLE OF THE ACTIVITY: Investigate Chemical Reaction
LEARNING COMPETENCY CODE: (Enhancement Activity)

First Quarter
Week 6 Day 5
For the learner:
This worksheet contains activities that investigate chemical reaction. You may answer
directly to this activity sheets and make sure to follow the directions stated in each part of the
activity. Answer all questions the best that you can and please write legibly.
For the parents:
Learners may require your guidance in following the directions and answering the
questions in each part of the activity. Make sure to guide your child while answering each part
of the worksheet.
ACTIVITY 5

A chemical change (or chemical reaction) happens when two substances are combined
together and change into another substance. However, not all substances react chemically when
combined together. For example, some substances, when mixed together, remain simply a
mixture of those two substances.
A substance is anything that is made up of "stuff" and takes up space. The substance
might be in the form of a solid, a liquid, or a gas. Sometimes when two or more substances are
mixed together, a change occurs and another substance is created. This is called a chemical
reaction. Gas may form, heat may be produced, and color may change. These types of changes
indicate that a chemical reaction has occurred. But some substances when mixed together
produce no chemical reaction.
What do you think might happen when different substances are mixed together? Let’s
find out in our activities. You will need some supervision and guidance of your parents in doing
the activities. Always remember safety measures in every activity.
OBJECTIVES
Investigate chemical reaction

WHAT I NEED (MATERIALS)


sand water lemon juice
baking soda vinegar

27 | Page
WHAT TO DO (PROCEDURE)
Write your observation when combining the following substances. Put your
answers on the table below.

What clues tell you that


Has a chemical reaction
Mixture a chemical reaction has
occurred? (Yes/No)
occurred?
Sand and water
Lemon juice and baking soda
Vinegar and baking soda
Guided Questions:
1. When water and sand are mixed together, do they change into something else?
____________________________________________________________________.
2. Can this mixture be separated back into its original parts? How?
____________________________________________________________________.
3. What happened when lemon juice and baking soda are mixed together?
____________________________________________________________________.
4. Has a chemical reaction occurred in vinegar and baking soda? What clues tell you that a
chemical reaction has occurred?______________________________________.

WHAT I LEARNED (GENERALIZATION)


Complete the paragraph below:
A ________ happens when two substances are combined together and change into
another substance. A ______ is anything that is made up of "stuff" and takes up space. It might
be in the form of a solid, a liquid, or a gas. Sometimes when two or more substances are mixed
together, a ________ occurs and another substance is created. This is called a ________.
_______ may form, __________ may be produced, and _________ may change. These types
of changes indicate that a chemical reaction has occurred. But some substances when mixed
together produce no chemical reaction.

WHAT I CAN DO ABOUT IT (APPLICATION)


What should you do with a food product that has physical signs of food spoilage?
_____________________________________________________________________

CHALLENGE (EVALUATION)
Put a check on the box if the evidence may provide clues that a chemical
reaction has occurred in the following mixtures.

Mixture Odor Gas bubbles Heat Color


1. baking soda and vinegar
2. cola and mint candy
3. frying an egg
4. cornstarch and water
5. lemon juice and baking soda

28 | Page
6
Filipino
Unang Markahan
Ikalima-Ikapitong Linggo
Filipino – Ikaanim na Baitang
Alternative Delivery Mode
Ikalawang Markahan – Ikalima-Ikapitong Linggo
Unang Edisyon, 2020

Isinasaad sa Batas Republika 8293, Seksiyon 176 na: Hindi maaaring magkaroon ng
karapatang-sipi sa anomang akda ang Pamahalaan ng Pilipinas. Gayonpaman, kailangan
muna ang pahintulot ng ahensiya o tanggapan ng pamahalaan na naghanda ng akda kung ito
ay pagkakakitaan. Kabilang sa mga maaaring gawin ng nasabing ahensiya o tanggapan ay
ang pagtakda ng kaukulang bayad.

Ang mga akda (kuwento, seleksiyon, tula, awit, larawan, ngalan ng produkto o brand name,
tatak o trademark, palabas sa telebisiyon, pelikula, atbp.) na ginamit sa modyul na ito ay
nagtataglay ng karapatang-ari ng mga iyon. Pinagsumikapang matunton ang mga ito upang
makuha ang pahintulot sa paggamit ng materyales. Hindi inaangkin ng mga tagapaglathala at
mga may-akda ang karapatang-aring iyon. Ang anomang gamit maliban sa modyul na ito ay
kinakailangan ng pahintulot mula sa mga orihinal na may-akda ng mga ito.

Walang anomang parte ng materyales na ito ang maaaring kopyahin o ilimbag sa anomang
paraan nang walang pahintulot sa Kagawaran.

Inilathala ng Kagawaran ng Edukasyon


Kalihim: Leonor Magtolis Briones
Pangalawang Kalihim: Diosdado M. San Antonio

Bumuo sa Pagsusulat ng Modyul

Manunulat: Mary Jane P. Gatchalian, T3, Coloong ES, Ma. Eloisa E.Gonzales, T3,
Arcadio Deato ES, Shirley B. Borromeo, T3, Dalandanan ES, Ma. Eloisa R. Gutierrez,
TI, Apolonia F. Rafael ES, Agnes L. Bico, T3- Lingunan ES, Ira U. Roque,MT II, Serrano
ES
Editor: Lilibeth S. Gozo, Principal IV, Pio Valenzuela Elementary School
Liberty R. Ragragio,Teacher II, Pio Valenzuela Elementary School
Tagasuri: Rosarie R. Carlos., Education Program Supervisor
Tagaguhit: LR Illustrator
Tagalapat: LR Illustrator
Tagapamahala: Malcolm S. Garma, Director IV
Genia V. Santos, CLMD, Chief
Dennis M. Mmendoza, Regional EPS In-Charge of LRMS
Micah S. Pacheco, Regional ADM Coordinators
Meliton P. Zurbano, Assistant Schools Division Superintendent, OIC-OSDS
Filmore R. Caballero, CID, Chief
Jean A. Tropel, Division EPS In-Charge of LRMS & ADM Coordinator
Rosarie R. Carlos, EPS-Filipino

Inilimbag sa Pilipinas ng ________________________


Department of Education – National Capital Region
Office Address: ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Telefax: ____________________________________________
E-mail Address: ____________________________________________

2
Paunang Salita

Para sa tagapagdaloy:

Malugod na pagtanggap sa asignaturang Filipino 6 ng Alternative Delivery Mode


(ADM) Modyul para sa aralin sa Unang Markahan.

Ang modyul na ito ay pinagtulungang dinisenyo, nilinang at sinuri ng mga edukador


mula sa pampubliko at pampribadong institusyon upang gabayan ka, ang gurong
tagapagdaloy upang matulungang makamit ng mag-aaral ang pamantayang
itinakda ng Kurikulum ng K to12 habang kanilang pinanagumpayan ang pansarili,
panlipunan at pang-ekonomikong hamon sa pag-aaral.

Ang tulong-aral na ito ay umaasang makauugnay ang mag-aaral sa mapatnubay


at malayang pagkatuto na mga gawain ayon sa kanilang kakayahan, bilis at oras.
Naglalayon din itong matulungan ang mag-aaral upang makamit ang mga
kasanayang pan-21 siglo habang isinasaalang-alang ang kanilang mga
pangangailangan at kalagayan.

Bilang karagdagan sa materyal ng pangunahing teksto, makikita ninyo ang kahong


ito sa pinakakatawan ng modyul:

Bilang tagapagdaloy, inaasahang bibigyan mo ng paunang kaalaman ang mag-


aaral kung paano gamitin ang modyul na ito. Kinakailangan ding subaybayan at
itala ang pag-unlad nila habang hinahayaan silang pamahalaan ang kanilang
sariling pagkatuto. Bukod dito, inaasahan mula sa iyo na higit pang hikayatin at
gabayan ang mag-aaral habang isinasagawa ang mga gawaing nakapaloob sa
modyul.

Para sa mag-aaral:

Malugod na pagtanggap sa Filipino 6 ng Alternative Delivery Mode (ADM)


Modyul ukol sa mga aralin sa Unang Markahan.

Ang modyul na ito ay ginawa bilang tugon sa iyong pangangailangan. Layunin


nitong matulungan ka sa iyong pag-aaral habang wala ka sa loob ng silid-aralan.
Hangad din nitong madulutan ka ng mga makabuluhang oportunidad sa
pagkatuto.

Ang modyul na ito ay may mga bahagi at icon na dapat mong maunawaan.
Sa bahaging ito, malalaman mo ang mga
Alamin dapat mong matutuhan sa modyul.
Sa pagsusulit na ito, makikita natin kung ano
Subukin na ang kaalaman mo sa aralin ng modyul.
Kung nakuha mo ang lahat ng tamang
sagot (100%), maaari mong laktawan ang
bahaging ito ng modyul.
Ito ay maikling pagsasanay o balik-aral
Balikan upang matulungan kang maiugnay ang
kasalukuyang aralin sa naunang leksyon.
Sa bahaging ito, ang bagong aralin ay
Tuklasin ipakikilala sa iyo sa maraming paraan tulad
ng isang kuwento, awitin, tula, pambukas na
suliranin, gawain o isang sitwasyon.
Sa seksyong ito, bibigyan ka ng maikling
Suriin pagtalakay sa aralin. Layunin nitong
matulungan kang maunawaan ang bagong
konsepto at mga kasanayan.
Binubuo ito ng mga gawaing para sa
Pagyamanin malayang pagsasanay upang mapagtibay
ang iyong pang-unawa at mga kasanayan
sa paksa. Maaari mong iwasto ang mga
sagot mo sa pagsasanay gamit ang susi sa
pagwawasto sa huling bahagi ng modyul.
Naglalaman ito ng mga katanungan o
Isaisip pupunan ang patlang ng pangungusap o
talata upang maproseso kung anong
natutuhan mo mula sa aralin.
Ito ay naglalaman ng gawaing
Isagawa makatutulong sa iyo upang maisalin ang
bagong kaalaman o kasanayan sa tunay na
sitwasyon o realidad ng buhay.
Ito ay gawain na naglalayong matasa o
Tayahin masukat ang antas ng pagkatuto sa
pagkamit ng natutuhang kompetensi.
Sa bahaging ito, may ibibigay sa iyong
Karagdagang Gawain panibagong gawain upang pagyamanin
ang iyong kaalaman o kasanayan sa
natutuhang aralin.
Naglalaman ito ng mga tamang sagot sa
Susi sa Pagwawasto lahat ng mga gawain sa modyul.
Sa katapusan ng modyul na ito, makikita mo rin ang:

Ito ang talaan ng lahat ng


Sanggunian pinagkuhanan sa paglikha o
paglinang ng modyul na ito.
Ang sumusunod ay mahahalagang paalala sa paggamit ng modyul na ito:
Gamitin ang modyul nang may pag-iingat. Huwag lalagyan ng anumang marka o
sulat ang anumang bahagi ng modyul. Gumamit ng hiwalay na papel sa pagsagot
sa mga pagsasanay.

Huwag kalimutang sagutin ang Subukin bago lumipat sa iba pang gawaing
napapaloob sa modyul.

Basahing mabuti ang mga panuto bago gawin ang bawat pagsasanay.
Obserbahan ang katapatan sa pagsasagawa ng mga gawain at sa pagwawasto
ng mga kasagutan.

2
Tapusin ang kasalukuyang gawain bago pumunta sa iba pang pagsasanay.
Pakibalik ang modyul na ito sa iyong guro o tagapagdaloy kung tapos nang sagutin
lahat ng pagsasanay.

Kung sakaling ikaw ay mahirapang sagutin ang mga gawain sa modyul na ito,
huwag mag-aalinlangang konsultahin ang inyong guro o tagapagdaloy. Maaari ka
rin humingi ng tulong kay nanay o tatay, o sa nakatatanda mong kapatid o sino
man sa iyong mga kasama sa bahay na mas nakatatanda sa iyo. Laging itanim sa
iyong isipang hindi ka nag-iisa.

Umaasa kami, sa pamamagitan ng modyul na ito, makararanas ka ng


makahulugang pagkatuto at makakukuha ka ng malalim na pang-unawa sa
kaugnay na mga kompetensi. Kaya mo ito!

Unang Linggo:
Aralin
Paggamit ng Magagalang na
1 Pananalita at Pagbibigay ng
Opinyon at Reaksyon
Alamin
Pagkatapos ng modyul na ito, ikaw ay inaasahang:
N :
- Sa pagpapahayag ng saloobin/damdamin
- Pagbabahagi ng obserbasyon sa paligid
- Pagpapahayag ng ideya
- Pagsali sa isang usapan F6PS-ld-12.22, F6PS-llc---12.13, F6PS-lllf-12.19,
F6PS-IVg-12.25, F6PS-IVh-12.19
Naipahahayag ang sariling opinion o reaksyon sa isang napakinggang balita,
isyu o usapan. F6PS-lj-1

Subukin
A. PANUTO: Isulat ang iyong sasabihin sakaling malagay sa mga
sumusunod na sitwasyon.
1. Nakasalubong ka ng iyong kaibigan at M
.
2. S .P ?
3. Daraan ka sa pagitan ng dalawang nag-uusap.
4. Biglaan kayong nagkita ng iyong kaklase na ilang taon mo nang hindi
nakakasama, tinanong ka niya kung kumusta ka na?
5. Humingi sa iyo ng paumanhin ang kaibigang di nakadalo sa iyong
, P .
6. Hindi ka nakapasok sa klase, kinabukasan, tinanong ka ng iyong guro.
7. Hindi sinasadyang natapakan mo ang paa ng iyong katabi sa upuan.
8. Gabi na nagpunta ka sa bahay ng iyong lola.
9. Nais mong ipakiabot ang damit na malapit sa ate mo.

3
10. Pagpasok sa klase, ikalabing dalawa na ng tanghali at naroon na sa may
pinto ang iyong guro.
B. PANUTO: Ibigay ang sariling reaksyon o palagay sa mga sumusunod na
paksa.
1. Pagtaas ng bilang ng may COVID 19 sa bansa
2. Bayanihan sa panahon ng pandemya
3. Pagdami ng mga basura sa mga ilog
4. Pagkahilig ng mga kabataan sa paglalaro ng Mobile Legend
5. Labis na paggamit ng cellphone at tablet ng mga kabataan
Balikan
A. Likas sa mga Pilipino ang pagiging magalang, na lutang na lutang
.M
magagalang na pananalita ,
kabilang na rito ang pagbibigay ng reaksyon at mga komento. Sa paggamit
natin ng mga salitang ito, ipinapakita natin ang pagrespeto sa taong ating
kausap. Marapat lamang na mapanatili ang ganitong kaugalian,
mahalagang maipasa natin ito sa mga susunod na henerasyon upang
maipagpatuloy nila ang magandang gawain na maraming kaakibat na
positibong bagay.
Sa kabila ng makabagong panahon kasabay ang mga
nagsusulputang makabagong teknolohiya, huwag sana nating pabayaang
mabura ang isang magandang pamana ng ating mga ninuno. Paano mo
ginagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iyong pakikipag-usap?
B. M H
ang pakikipaglaban sa Covid 19 at dapat ipagpatuloy ang ipinatutupad
nap ag-iingat.

Tuklasin
A. Basahin ang tula at sagutin ang mga tanong pagkatapos nito. Isulat
sa sagutang papel ang iyong sagot.
Pagkamagalang L
Dangal ng magulang ang siyang sumasambit
Ang batang magalang
Saang dako man ng bayan Patuloy nating isalin
I . Huwag nating putulin
Paggalang ating panatilihin
A Ilang henerasyon
ay musika sa pandinig man ang dumating.
1. Ayon sa tula sino ang ikinararangal ng magulang ?
2. Ano ang nagsisilbing musika sa pandinig ?
3. Sino ang sumasambit nito na siyang dahilan ng malamusikang tunog?
4. Ano ang dapat gawin sa ugaling nabanggit?
5. Bilang isang kabataan sa makabagong panahon, paano mo pananatilihin
ang pagkamagalang?
B. Basahin ang teksto at sagutin ang mga tanong.

4
Sa kasalukuyan ang ating mundo ay humaharap sa isang matinding
pandemya, ito ang COVID 19. Isa ang Pilipinas sa may pinakamaraming naging
biktima nito sa kontinente ng Asya. Ang lahat ay apektado, sapagkat ang sakit na ito
ay maaaring makahawa at maging sanhi ng kamatayan. Ang sakit na ito ay
nagdulot ng takot at pangamba dahil wala pang nahahanap na lunas upang
sugpuin ito.
Biglang nagbago ang nakasanayan nating paraan ng pamumuhay. Natigil ang
transportasyon at trabaho kung saan maraming nawalan ng pagkakakitaan at
pangtustos sa pangangailangan ng pamilya. Nilimitahan ang mga maaaring
makalabas ng tahanan. Lahat ng negosyo, pasyalan at malls ay sarado. Maraming
pabrika at establisyimento ang nalugi at tuluyang nagsara.
Nagkaroon ng mga bagong panukalang batas upang maingatan ang
kalusugan at maibsan ang mabilis na pagdami ng dinadapuan ng sakit na ito. Ang
mga nanunungkulan sa pamahalaan ay naglunsad ng mga tulong upang
matugunan ang mga pangunahing pangangailangan habang sumasailalim sa
lockdown ang bansa.
Dahil din sa pandemyang ating dinaranas, nabago ang paraan ng sistema ng
ating edukasyon. Kinailangang isarado ang mga paaralan upang masigurado ang
kaligtasan ng mga mag-aaral at mga kawani nito. Kumaharap ang Kagawaran ng
Edukasyon sa suliraning kailangan masolusyonan, ang maipagpatuloy ang
pagkatuto ng mga mag-aaral sa kabila nang pagharap ng ating bansa sa
pandemya. Ilan sa mga nailunsad na programa ang paggamit ng distance learning
kung saan ang mga mag-aaral ay sasailalim sa paraang gagamit ng module at
.N K E A
ang Sitwasyon, Tuloy ang Edukasyon.
Tanong:
1. Ano ang pandemyang tinukoy sa seleksyon?
2. Ano ang mga naging epekto nito sa ating bansa?
3. Bakit hindi maaaring lumabas ang mga bata at matatanda?
4. Sa iyong palagay, natugunan ba ng pamahalaan ang pangangailangan ng
mga mamamayan? Bakit?
5. Sang-ayon ka ba sa ginawang hakbang ng DepEd? Bakit?
Suriin
A. Ang paggamit ng magagalang na pananalita ay isang
patunay na tayong mga Pilipino ay may angking kagandahang asal. I
nagmula pa sa ating mga ninuno at patuloy na naisasalin sa kasalukuyan.
Nakalulungkot lamang isipin na ang ilan sa mga bagong sibol na kabataan
ay lubhang nakalilimot na sa ganitong kaugalian.
Upang muli kayong paalalahanan narito ang ilang magagalang na
pananalitang madalas nating gamitin:
po, ho, opo (pangsagot sa tanong o tawag)
Makikiraan (po) (pakikiraan)
Salamat (po) (pagpapasalamat)
Maaari (po) ba? (paghingi ng pahintulot)
Walang anoman. (pagsagot sa pasasalamat)
Magandang umaga/hapon/gabi/araw (po) (pagbati)
Pasensiya na (po) (paghingi ng paumanhin)
P (paghingi ng pabor o tulong)

5
*Ang paggamit ng pantawag tulad ng
aling, mang, kuya, ate, manang, manong, lola, lolo sa mga taong
nakatatanda kahit na hindi kamag-anak ay tanda ng paggalang.
A. Panuto: Hanapin ang sampong magagalang na pananalita sa loob ng
hanap-salita. Isulat ang iyong sagot sa sagutang papel.

B. Sa pagbibigay-reaksyon ay isang mabuting kasanayan dahil naipapahayag natin


ang sariling saloobin, opinyon o pananaw hinggil sa mga kaisipang inilalahad.
Ang pagbibigay ng reaksyon ay maaaring sa pamamagitan ng pagsang-ayon o
pagsalungat sa kaisipan ng nagsasalita o kausap. Sikapin lamang na maging
magalang upang maiwasan ang makasakit ng damdamin ng kapwa.
Mahalagang bahagi ng ating pakikipag-ugnayan sa ating kapwa ang pabibigay
ng reaksyon o palagay sa mga bagay o paksang pinag-uusapan. Maaaring ang
pagbibigay ng reaksyon ay pagpapahayag ng pagsang-ayon o pagtutol sa narinig
o sinabi.
Narito ang mga pahayag na karaniwang ginagamit sa pagbibigay ng
reaksyon:
Sumasang- T
N M
P ,
PANUTO: Gamitin sa pangungusap ang karaniwang salitang ginagamit sa
pagbibigay ng reaksyon.
Pagyamanin

GAWAIN 1: Pag-isipan kung ano ang sasabihin mo sa mga sumusunod na


sitwasyon. Isulat ang iyong sagot sa sagutang papel.
1. Isang umaga nakasalubong mo sa iyong pagpasok sa paaralan ang iyong
guro.
2. Gabi na nang dumating ka sa bahay at inabutan mo sa sala na
nanonood ng telebisyon ang iyong tatay.
3. Isang hapon nang pauwi ka mula sa paaralan, nakasalubong mo ang
iyong tiyahin.
4. Nakita mong nahulog ang dala-dalang gamit ng iyong kaklase.
5. Nadatnan mo sa bahay na may bisita ang nanay mo.
6. Nais mong lumabas ng bahay pero nasa may pintuan ang iyong ina at
ang kanyang kaibigan.

6
7. Hindi mo sinasadyang natabig ang inumin na dala ng iyong ate.
8. Gusto mong kunin ang kanin subalit malayo ito sa iyo.
9. Nasira na ang iyong sapatos, nais mong magpabili ng bago sa iyong ina.
10. Nais mong pumunta sa palikuran, oras noon ng klase subalit hindi mo na
mapigil ang iyong nararamdaman.
GAWAIN 2: Isulat ang iyong reaksyon o opinyon mula sa mga sumusunod na
kaisipan.
1. Edukasyon ang susi sa kaunlaran.
2. Ang kabataan ang pag-asa ng bayan
3. Ang tao ay kawangis ng Diyos
4. Ang karapatan ay may kaakibat na responsibilidad.
5. Ang paggawa nang mabuti ay may karampatang gantimpala
Isaisip
A. PANUTO: Kumpletohin ang mensaheng ipinahahayag ng bawat tugma
batay sa inyong natutuhan sa mga pagsasanay. Isaayos ang mga letra sa
loob ng panaklong at isulat ito sa bawat linya.
( L A N G A A G G A M ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _na pananalita ay gamitin,para
sa (N A T D T A A A M) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ man o bata rin. Panatilihin ang (A P G A A G L
N G ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ kaninoman, ( RSETOPE )
kagandahang (A L A S)_ _ _ _.
B. PANUTO: Piliin sa loob ng kahon ang mga salitang kukumpleto sa kaisipan.
Ang pagpapahayag ng _____________ ay pagbibigay ng sariling ___________
o ______________ hinggil sa mga usapin o isyung _______________.
Maaaring sa pamamagitan ng ____________ o _____________sa nagsasalita o kausap
ang pagbibigay ng reaksyon.
Dapat ______________ ang pagiging _______________ at _________________ sa
pagbibigay ng reaksyon upang maiwasan ang ____________________ ng damdamin
ng iba.
isaalang-alang mapanuri pagsalungat reaksyon
pagsang-ayon pananaw opinion kinakaharap
magalang makasakit

Isagawa
A. PANUTO: Isulat kung ano ang magalang na pananalitang angkop sa
mga sumusunod na sitwasyon. Gawin ito sa iyong sagutang papel.
1. May dumating na bisita sa bahay ninyo.
2. Hindi ka sang-ayon sa sinabi ng kaibigan mo tungkol sa kagandahang epekto na
maidudulot ng larong ML.
3. P R B
4. Sinabi ng guro mo na kailangan ang ibayong pag-iingat upang
mapangalagaan ang ating kalusugan.
5. Inimbitahan ka ng iyong kaklase sa kanyang kaarawan sa kanilang bahay subalit
hindi ka makakadalo.
B. PANUTO: Isulat ang iyong reaksyon o opinyon sa mga sumusunod na isyu. Gamitin
ang mga angkop na salita sa pagpapahayag ng iyong reaksyon.
1. Pagkahilig ng mga kabataan sa cellphone at computer games.
2. Sama-samang paglilinis ng magkakapit-bahay sa buong barangay.
3. Pagsusuot ng face mask at face shield kapag lalabas ng bahay.

7
4. Curfew o ang pagbabawal sa paglabas pagsapit ng ika-8 ng gabi.
5. Pagpapatupad ng lockdown sa NCR dahil sa COVID 19.
Tayahin
A. PANUTO: Piliin ang magalang na salita na dapat
gamitin sa bawat sitwasyon. Isulat ang iyong sagot sa sagutang
papel.
1. Dadaan si Gerry sa gitna ng dalawang nag-uusap.
A. Padaan.
B. Makadaan nga
C. Makikiraan po sa inyo.
D. Umusod nga kayo at dadaan ako.
2. Pumunta ka sa bahay ng iyong kaibigan at ang kuya niya ang nagbukas
ng pinto.
A. Nandiyan si Jerry?
B. Magandang umaga, si Jerry ba nandiyan?
C. Pakitawag mo nga si Jerry may sasabihin ako.
D. Magandang umaga po, nandiyan po ba si Jerry?
3. Magpapaalam ka sa iyong magulang na papasok ka na sa paaralan.
A. Aalis na ako.
B. Papasok na ako.
C. N , T , .
D. D N T .
4. Isang hapon, binisita mo si Dr. Samson sa kanyang klinika.
A. Kumusta ka na?
B. Magandang hapon po, Dr. Samson.
C. Dr. Samson, magpapagamot sana ako.
D. Pumunta ako dito para magpacheck-up.
5. Tumawag sa telepono ang kaibigan ng kuya mo at ikaw ang nakasagot.
A. Ay, baka tulog!
B. Sandali, tatawagin ko.
C. Maghintay ka, tatawagin ko
D. Sandali lang po at tatawagin ko.
B. Panuto: Basahin ang pahayag at bilugan ang letra ng angkop na reaksyon.
1. Sa mga malalayo at liblib na lugar higit na kailangan ang mga manggagamot.
A. Malaking pera ang makukuhang sahod dito
B. Napakarami at sobra na ang doktor sa siyudad
C. Lumapit sa pamahalaan at humingi ng doktor na maipadadala roon
D. Hayaan na lamang ang mga tao na magtiis kung walang manggagamot
2. A
ang kinikita.
A. Paalisin sila sa pagtatanim at bigyan ng ibang trabaho
B. Ang manggagawa ay hindi masipag sa gawain sa bukid
C. Wala silang pakialam, basta nagtatrabaho sila araw araw
D. Suportahan ang magsasaka sa pamamagitan ng pagbili ng produkto nila
3. Ginagawa ng magulang ang lahat upang maibigay ang pangangailangan ng
mga anak
A. Balewalain ang mga bagay na ibinigay ng magulang
B. Huwag humingi sa mga magulang kahit ito ay kailangan
C. Mahalin ang mga magulang tanda ng pasasalamat sa kanila

8
D. Huwag nang pansinin ang mga magulang sa kanilang ginagawa
4. Nilustay ng bunsong anak ang pamana sa kanya ng magulang
A. Matulungin siya sa kapwa
B. Mapagmahal siya sa kanyang magulang
C. Mapag-impok siya ng yamang ibinigay sa kanya
D. Hindi niya iniingatan ang bagay na ibinigay sa kanya
5. M A A A
na ang kapatid ay namatay at muling nabuhay.
A. Namatay ang kapatid niya at pagkalipas ng ilang araw ay nabuhay muli
B. Nagkasala ang kapatid at nagsisi sa kanyang mga ginawang mali sa
buhay
C. Nagkasakit ang kapatid niya at gumaling sa kanyang malubhang
karamdaman
D. Nilustay niya lahat ng perang minana niya, inubos at tuluyan nang naging
mahirap ang buhay
Karagdagang Gawain
A. PANUTO: Gumupit o gumuhit ng limang larawang nagpapakita ng
sitwasyong may kaugnayan sa paggalang. Isulat ang magagalang na
pananalitang maaaring sabihin ng mga tauhan sa larawan.
B. PANUTO: Gumuhit ng isang poster na magpapahayag ng inyong
reaksyon tungkol sa balitang pangkalusugan na nangyayari sa kasalukuyan
sa ating bansa. Gumuhit ng isang poster na magpapahayag ng inyong
reaksyon tungkol sa balitang pangkalusugan na nangyayari sa kasalukuyan
sa ating bansa.

Aralin Ikaanim na Linggo:

2 Pagbibigay Kahulugan sa Sawikain


Pagbibibay ng Angkop na Pamagat
Alamin
Pagkatapos ng modyul na ito, ikaw ay inaasahang:
Nabibigyang Kahulugan ang sawikain F6PN-lj-28
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa binasang/napakinggang talata
F6PB-lg-8

Subukin
A. Panuto: Tukuyin ang sawikaing ginamit sa pangungusap at ipaliwanag ang
kahulugan nito batay sa pagkakagamit sa pangungusap o sitwasyon. Isulat ang
sagot sa iyong sagutang papel.
1. Ang mga taong may pusong mamon ay pinagpapala.
2. Wala na naman ang aking kapatid sa bahay. Paano kasi makati ang paa.
3. Namuti ang mata ko dahil matagal akong pinaghintay ng aking kausap.
4. Wala siyang bukambibig kundi ang katawa-tawang nangyari sa kanyang
kaibigan.
5. Hindi makahahanap ng trabaho si Juan dahil matigas ang katawan niya.

9
B. Panuto: Basahin ang talata at bigyan ng angkop na pamagat. Bilugan ang letra
ng iyong sagot.

1. Ang yamang tao ang pinakamahalagang yaman ng bansa. Nasa kamay ng mga
mamamayan ang wastong paggamit ng mga likas na yaman na mahalaga sa
pagsusulong ng kaunlaran ng bansa. May katangian ang bawat mamamayan na
maaaring talino ng isipan, lakas ng katawan at likas na kakayahan sa paggawa, pag-
awit, pagtugtog, pagguhit o pagsulat na magagamit para makatulong sa
pambansang pag-unlad.
A. Ang Yamang -Tao ng Bansa
B. Yamang Tao vs. Likas na Yaman
C. Isulong ang Pambasang Kaunlaran
D. Yamang Tao Pinakamahalagang Yaman ng Bansa

2. Kabilang ang usa sa may pinakamagandang kilos sa mga hayop na may mga
kuko. Kilala sa kabilisang tumakbo at kakayahan sa pagtalon ang mga ito. Barako
ang tawag sa mga lalaking usa at may sanga-sanga at matitigas na sungay ang
mga ito. Kadalasan, naghuhunos ng kanilang sungay ang mga ito taon-taon.
Ginagamit ng mga usa ang kanilang sungay at mga paa kapag sumasalakay bilang
pananggalang laban sa kanilang kaaway. Ngunit madalas na tumatakbo silang
paalis kaysa makipaglaban.
A.Ang Usa C.Ang Pinakamagandang Hayop
B.Ang Barako D.Ang mga Sanga-sangang Sungay

3. May dalawang uri ng papaya. Hawaiian at Mexican. Ang mga papayang


Hawaiian ay karaniwang natatagpuan sa mga supermarket. Ang mga ito ay hugis
peras at tumitimbang humigit-kumulang sa isang libra. Mas madaling anihin ang mga
ito dahil ang puno ay bihirang tumaas nang higit pa sa walong talampakan. Ang
papayang Mexican ay mas malalaki kaysa sa Hawaiian. Maaaring tumimbang ito
hanggang sampung libra at humahaba nang labinlimang pulgada ang uring ito.
Hindi ito gaanong matamis na gaya ng Hawaiian pero masarap pa rin.
A. May Sasarap Pa Ba? C. Ang pag-aalaga ng Papaya
B. Ang Masarap na Prutas D. Ang Dalawang Uri ng Papaya

4. I S .I
ng sayaw na sinasaliwan ng sunod-sunod na pagpalo sa tambol. Hindi lamang ang
mga mananayaw ang nakapagbibigay-sigla sa tradisyong ito. Pati ang manonood
ay napasasayaw rin sa sigla at ingay na kanilang naririnig. Sa kasalukuyan,
isinasagawa ang Sinulog bilang pagsalubong ng mga taga-Cebu sa mga panauhin
man o dayuhan. Marami ring nagsasabi na ito ay bilang pasasalamat sa mga
biyayang ipinagkaloob ng Panginoon sa buong lalawigan ng Cebu.
A. Sa Lalawigan ng Cebu C. Ang Masayang Pagsalubong
B. Pasasalamat sa Panginoon D. Ang Sinulog Napakasayang Pagdiriwang

5. Ang diabetes ay isang karamdaman kung saan ang asukal sa dugo ay mas
mataas kaysa sa normal. Ito ay maaaring maging sanhi ng mga maselang
komplikasyon sa kalusugan na kasama ang sakit sa puso, pagkabulag, sakit sa bato
at pagputol sa paa. Ang diabetes ang pang-anim sa mga nangungunang dahilan
ng kamatayan sa Estados Unidos.
A. Ang Sanhi ng Diabetes C. K D Diabetes
B. Ang Pagsugpo sa Diabetes D. Ang Diabetes at mga Komplikasyon Nito

10
Balikan
A. Ang sawikain o idyoma ay salita o grupo ng mga salitang patalinghaga ang gamit.
Ito ay nagbibigay ng di tuwirang kahulugan. Ibigay ang kahulugan ng mga
sumusunod na sawikain o idyoma:

1. Bulang gugo
2. Balitang kutsero
3. Naghalo ang balat sa tinalupan
4. Parang natuka ng ahas
5. Basang sisiw
B. Sa pagbibigay ng pamagat sa isang talatang nabasa o napakinggan, alamin
muna ang paksang-diwa o paksang pangungusap nito. Basahin at sagutin ang
talata.
Isa sa mga tradisyon nating mga Pilipino ay ang pagdaraos ng kapistahan.
Ang bawat lugar sa ating bansa ay may kapistahang ipinagdiriang bilang
pasasalamat sa kanilang patron.
1. Ano ang Paksang Diwa?
2. Magbigay ng Angkop na Pamagat.

Tuklasin
A. Ang sawikain o idyoma ay isang uri ng pagpapahayag na kusang
nalinang at nabuo sa ating wika. Ito ay may kahulugan na hindi maaaring makuha
o maunawaan sa literal na kahulugan nito.May naiiba itong kahulugan sa literal o
tahasang pahayag. Ang mga sawikain ay mga salitang may malalim na
pakahulugan. Kadalasan ay taglay nito ang maraming pangkulturang bagay;
malarawan, mapagbiro, at mapagpatawa. Ang sawikain o idyoma ay ginagamit
din upang maging kaakit-akit ang paraan ng pakikipag-usap at makapagpahayag
ng saloobin o kaisipan ng hindi nakasasakit ng damdamin.
Panuto: Basahin at unawain ang maikling usapan at sagutin ang mga tanong.
Matagal na hindi nagkita ang mag-kaibigang Bea at Lucy dahil sa
deklarasyon ng lockdown dulot ng Covid-19. Pakinggan natin ang kanilang usapan.
Bea: Kumusta ka na Lucy? Bukambibig ng aking nanay ang nangyari sa iyong ama.
Pasensya ka na kung hindi kita madamayan sapagkat bawal maging makati ang
paa natin sa panahon ngayon.
Lucy: Nakalulungkot ang mga nangyayari, ang aking ama ay isa sa nawalan ng
trabaho. Kinailangan naming maghigpit ng sinturon dahil halos maubos na ang ipon
nila nanay at tatay.
Bea: Ganoon ba, isipin mo na lang din na hindi matigas ang katawan ng iyong ama
kaya tiyak na makahahanap siya kaagad ng trabaho kapag naging maayos na
ang sitwasyon.
Lucy: Balita ko nga ay di ah l ga g ka a ang sitwasyon sa mga ospital dahil
sa mga a COVID. K
kami ay ligtas at magkakasama ng aking pamilya.
Lucy: Tama ka maging ang mga anak dalita ay animo basang sisiw sa kanilang
tahanan sapagkat halos wala na silang makain subalit mas pinili nilang maging
ligtas at sumunod sa ipinapatupad na batas.
Bea: Mabuti nga at may mga pusong mamon na nandiyan upang magbigay ng
tulong sa mga nangangailangan.
Lucy: Lahat tayo ay naapektuhan ng pandemyang ito. Umasa nalang tayo na sa
gitna ng pagsubok na ito ay gagabayan pa rin tayo ng Dakilang Lumikha, pero

11
Nasa Diyos ang awa nasa tao ang
.
Bea: Tama ka Lucy,kasabay ng ating pagdarasal ay kinakailangan din nating
gumawa ng paraan upang masolusyonan natin ang kinakaharap nating problema.
Sagutin ang mga tanong:
1. Tungkol saan ang pinag-uusapan ng magkaibigan?
2. Ano ang naging solusyon ng pamilya ni Lucy nang mawalan ng trabaho ang
kanyang ama?
3. Paano inilarawan ang mga anak dalita?
4. Saan inihalintulad ang mga taong nagbigay ng tulong sa panahon ng
pangangailangan?
5. Ano ang iyong napansin sa mga salitang nakasulat ng madiin?
B. Sa pagbibigay ng pamagat ng talata, alamin muna ang paksang-diwa o paksang
pangungusap. Ang mga ito ay nagbibigay ng ideya sa pagpili ng pamagat. Ang
pangunahing diwa ang pinakabuod ng mga pangyayari sa talata o kwento. Ang
paksang pangungusap ang pinagtutuunan ng mga detalye upang mabuo ang
pangunahing diwa ng talata o kwento.
Panuto: Basahin ang talata. Bilugan ang paksang diwa at isulat ang angkop na
pamagat.
1. Ang mga guro ang nagtuturo sa mga mag-aaral ng mga kaalaman na dapat
nilang matutuhan sa paaralan. Sila ang naghuhubog sa mga natatanging
kakayahan at talento ng isang kabataan. Hindi lang pang-akademiko ang kanilang
itinuturo gayundin nagbibigay rin sila ng kagandahan at kabutihang asal na dapat
.K
guro. Ano ang angkop na pamagat? ____________________________________________
2. Isa sa mga katangiang maipagmamalaki nating mga Pilipino ay ang mabuti nating
pagtanggap sa mga panauhin. Kapag ang isang pamilya ay may inaasahang
panauhin, bawat isa ay ab . S -aayos ng
kabahayan. Nagluluto ang pamilya ng masarap na pagkain at naghahanda ng
maraming prutas at inumin. Pinagkakaabalahan din nila kung ano ang maipauuwing
pasalubong para sa panauhin. Ano ang angkop na pamagat? ________________

Suriin
A. Panuto: Tukuyin ang kahulugan ng mga sawikaing ginamit sa bawat
pangungusap. Isulat ang iyong sagot sa sagutang papel.
1. Sa panahon ngayon ng pandemya huwag na sanang sumabay ang mga
nagpapalaganap ng kwentong-kutsero.
2. Bukal sa loob ng mga frontliners ang kanilang ginagawang pagpapagod at
pagbabantay sa mga may sakit na COVID 19.
3. Magdilang anghel sana ang mga eksperto sa kanilang pagtataya na
makagagawa ng bakuna na lalaban sa sakit na ito.
4. Tunay na matatalas ang kanilang ulo sapagkat mahirap talaga ang kanilang
gawain.
5. Suntok sa buwan ang nais ni Jun na makauwi sa Cebu dahil sa nagdeklara ng
lockdown doon.
B. PANUTO: Basahin ang talata at sagutin ang tanong.
Napakahalaga ng Bitamina A sa ating katawan. Ito ang tumutulong upang
lalong luminaw an gating mata. Ang kakulangan sa bitaminang ito ay maaaring
magdulot ng paglabo ng paningin. Ang mga pagkain na mayaman sa bitamina A
ay atay, itlog, keso, mga luntian at dilaw na gulay at prutas.
1. Ano ang Paksang-Diwa? 2. Ano ang angkop na pamagat ng talata?

12
Pagyamanin
A.Panuto: Piliin sa loob ng panaklong ang angkop na sawikain na tumutukoy
sa mga sumusunod na kahulugan. Isulat ang sagot sa iyong sagutang papel.
1. (Bukas na aklat, Malaking isda) ang tawag sa mga taong mayaman o may
mataas na puwesto sa pamahalaan.
2. (Nabuwalan ng gatang, Nagsaulian ng kandila) ang sawikaing angkop sa
nagkagalit na magkumpare o magkumare.
3. (Naglubid ng buhangin,Bukas na dibdib) ang ginagamit na idyoma kapag
nagkukuwento ka ng mga kasinungalingan.
4. (Matigas ang katawan, Naumid ang dila) ang tawag sa taong tamad.
5. (Bulang gugo, Naglalaro ng apoy) ang idyomang maaaring gamitin para sa
taong maluwag sa pera o galante.
B. PANUTO: Basahin ang talata at sagutin ang tanong.
Ang Pasko ay simbolo ng pagmamahalan at pagbibigayan nating mga tao
sa mundo. Sa pagdiriwang natin ng Pasko dapat may kasiyahan sa bawat isa at may
pagkakaunawaan. Tuwing Pasko tayong mga Pilipino ay nagluluto sa kanya-
kanyang bahay at nagpapalitan ng mga regalo, naglalagay ng mga palamuti sa
labas o loob ng bahay. Kasiyahan at pagbibigayan ang dulot sa atin tuwing sasapit
ang Pasko. 1. Ano ang Paksang Diwa ng talata? 2. Ano ang pamagat ng talata?
Isaisip
A. Panuto : Ayusin ang mga ginulong letra upang mabuo ang kaisipan.Isulat
ang sagot sa iyong sagutang papel.
Ang (awisaink) ________________ o (amoyid)________________ ay
matatalinghagang (lisaat) ________________ na karaniwang ginagamit sa pang araw
araw na (ubhay)__________. Ito ay salita o (likapunna)________________ ng mga salita
na hindi (rangwitu)___________________ inihahayag ang (huakulnag)
__________________. Ito ay maaari ring (pagapapahgya)_______________ ng
(midamdan) _______________ o (looibnas)_____________________.
Panuto: Punan ng mga nawawalang salita ang talata upang mabuo ang
konseptong nais ipahayag ng ating aralin. Piliin sa loob ng kahon ang iyong sagot.
Ang (1) __________ ay lipon ng mga pangungusap na paunlad na bumuo at
nagpahayag ng isang kaisipan.
Ang bawat pangungusap ay kailangang (2) _____________ tungkol sa
pangunahing kaisipan o (3) __________ ng talata.
Sa pagbibigay ng (4) __________ ng isang talata, alamin mo muna ang
paksang diwa o paksang (5) ________________. Ang mga ito ay nagbibigay ng (6)
________ sa pagpili ng pamagat. Ang pangunahing diwa ang pinakabuod ng mga
pangyayari sa talata o kwento. Ang paksang pangungusap ang pinagtutuunan ng
mga (7) __________ upang mabuo ang pangunahing diwa ng talata o (8)
______________.
Ginagamit ang malaking (9) ___________ sa mahahalagang salita sa
pamagat ng talata o kuwento. Ang unang (10) ___________ sa pamagat ay
sinimulan din sa malaking letra.

salita pangungusap talata kwento


ideya pamagat magkakaugnay paksa
letra detalye

Isagawa

13
A. PANUTO: Tukuyin ang kahulugan ng mga sumusunod na
sawikain at gamitin ito sa pangungusap. Isulat ang sagot sa iyong sagutang papel.

1. Alog na ang baba


2. basang-sisiw
3. nagsusunog ng kilay
4. Butas ang bulsa
5. Ikrus sa noo
B. PANUTO: Magbasa ng pahayagan ngayong araw. Tungkol saan ang iyong
binasa? Ano ang paksa ng iyong binasang balita? Kung ikaw, ang manunulat ano
ang pamagat na iyong ilalagay? Bakit?

Tayahin
A. Tukuyin ang kahulugan ng sawikain batay sa pagkakagamit nito sa
pangungusap. Isulat ang letra ng iyong sagot sa sagutang papel.
1. Ikrus sa noo ang mga tamang pag-uugali at magandang asal.
2. Para kay Ryl, suntok sa buwan ang pag-abot sa kanyang pangarap dahil sa
kanyang kahirapan.
3. Usad-pagong ang mga sasakyan sa kahabaan ng EDSA dahil sa matinding trapik.
4. Nagdilang anghel ang aking kapatid na makasasama siya sa mga papasa sa
pagsusulit.
5. Bukas gaganapin ang pag-iisang dibdib ng aming guro.
B. Lagyan ng angkop na pamagat.
Si Dr. Pio Valenzuela ay ipinanganak noong ika-11 ng Hulyo, 1869. Ang
kanyang mga magulang ay sina Francisco Valenzuela at Lorenza Alejandrino.
Sumapi siya sa Katipunan noong nag-aaral pa lamang siya sa Unibersidad ng Santo
Tomas. Naging isang pinuno siya sa hukbong ito. Isa rin siya sa naging kaibigan ni Dr.
Jose Rizal. Siya rin ang kauna-unahang naging alkalde ng munisipalidad ng Polo na
kilala na ngayon sa tawag na Lungsod ng Valenzuela.

Karagdagang Gawain
A. Magtala ng sampung sawikain o idyoma na hindi naibigay na halimbawa
sa aralin. Tukuyin ang kahulugan nito at gamitin sa pangungusap.
B. Lagyan ng angkop na pamagat ang talata.
Dahil sa New Normal na ating nararanasan, nagbago na rin ang takbo ng
ating edukasyon. Kung noon ang mga mag-aaral at ang guro ay pumapasok sa
paaralan ngayon ay nasa kani-kanilang bahay na lamang. Sa paraan din ng
pagtuturo, noon ang nakagawian ay kaharap ng mga mag-aaral ang guro sa loob
ng silid-aralan ngayon ay kaharap na lang ay ang kompyuter o cellphone na kung
saan ay tinatawag nating Online Learning. Noon ang kagamitan lamang sa
pagtuturo ay lapis at papel ngayon ay gumagamit na ng mga makabagong
teknolohiya at internet connection. Habang tumatagal ang panahon ay
nagpapabago-bago ang mga paraan ng sistema sa edukasyon.

14
Ikapitong Linggo:
Aralin
Pagsusuri sa Pelikula
7 Pagbibigay ng Solusyon sa
Suliranin
Alamin Pagkatapos ng modyul na ito, ikaw ay inaasahang:
* Nakapagbibigay ng sarili at maaaring solusyon sa isang suliraning
naobserbahan sa paligid. F6PN-lj-28
* Nasusuri ang mga kaisipan/tema/layunin/tagpuan at pagpapahalagang
nakapaloob sa napanoon na maikling pelikula. F6PD-lf-10, F6VC-lle-13,
F6PD-lllh-1-6

Subukin
A. Panuto: Isulat ang letra ng pinakamalapit na solusyon para sa mga sumusunod
na suliranin. Isulat ang letra ng iyong sagot.
1. Nawalan ng trabaho si Mang Pedring dahil sa pagsasara ng pabrika na kanyang
pinapasukan bunga ng COVID 19, bunga nito may araw na isang beses na
lamang kumakain ang kanyang pamilya, kung ikaw ay isa sa mga anak ni Mang
Pedring, anong tulong ang maaari mong gawin?
A. Makikain sa kapitbahay.
B. Sisihin ang ama dahil sa gutom na nararanasan.
C. Pilitin ang ama na maghanap ng bagong hanapbuhay.
D. Magsimulang magtanim ng mga gulay na madaling alagaan.
2. Malimit na liban sa klase ang iyong kaibigan dahil siya ay may problemang
pangkalusugan, bilang kaibigan, ano ang maipapayo mo sa kanya?
A. Huwag na lamang pumasok dahil makasasama ito sa kanyang sitwasyon.
B. Maghintay na lamang ng panahon kung kailan siya ay lubusan nang
magaling.
C. Sabihin sa kanya na okey lang na lumiban sa klase dahil mayroon naman
siyang dahilan.
D. Kung kaya ng pamilya, magpatala s
kailangang umalis ng bahay para hindi masayang ang panahon.
3. Nagkasakit ng COVID 19 ang iyong kapitbahay, bilang isang responsableng
mamamayan, paano ka makatutulong?
A. Iwasan ang mga kamag-anak na nagkasakit.
B. Sisihin ang kapitbahay, dahil hindi siya nag-ingat.
C. Ipamalita sa mga kapitbahay ang kanyang sitwasyon.
D. Gawin ang kaukulang pag-iingat para sa sarili na hindi ka makasasakit ng
damdamin ng iyong kapwa.
4. Nakatira ka sa isang lugar na maingay. Halos araw-araw ay may nag-aaway sa
paligid. Hindi naman kayo makalipat sa ibang lugar dahil hindi kaya ng inyong
pamilya na magbayad ng renta. Ano ang pinakamabuti mong gawin?
A. Sanayin na lamang ang sarili sa magulong paligid.
B. Pakiusapan ang magulang na gumawa ng paraan na makaalis sa lugar na
iyon.

15
C. Tanggapin ang katotohanan na hindi kayo pwedeng lumipat sa maayos na
kapaligiran dahil sa kakulangan sa pera.
D. Magsikap sa pag-aaral upang kung makatapos na sa pag-aaral ay
makahanap ng trabaho upang magkaroon ng pagkakataon na makalipat sa
maayos na tirahan.
5. Malimit na nag-aaway ang iyong mga magulang, dahil maliit lamang ang
perang naibibigay ng iyong ama. Naapektuhan na rin ang iyong pag-aaral sa
malimit nilang pag-aaway. Bilang anak, ano ang maaari mong gawin?
A. Pagalitan ang iyong mga magulang
B. Umalis sa inyong bahay at makitira sa inyong kamag-anak
C. Takpan ang tainga at huwag na lamang pansinin ang away ng
iyong magulang
D. Kausapin ang iyong mga magulang na iwasan ang pag-aaway
dahil labis itong nakaaapekto sa inyong magkakapatid.
B. PANUTO: Pillin ang tamang sagot sa panaklong
1. Tiyak na kaisipang nagbibigay kaisahan at layunin sa lahat ng nagaganap sa
pelikula. (paksa,pag-arte)
2. Ito ang naglalarawan ng bawat tagpo sa detalyadong pamamaraan.
(iskrip, sinematograpiya)
3. Tumutukoy sa paraan kung paano ipahahatid ng direktor ang mensahe ng
kwento sa pamamagitan ng lengguwahe ng pelikula. (pag-arte, direksyon)
4. Ito ay nagpapatingkad sa isang pelikula gamit ang musika at tunog.
(musical iskoring, pamagat)
5. Ang pelikula ay may magandang kulay, liwanag at magandang tugtog sa
bawat eksenang inilalahad sa pelikula. Ito ay tinatawag na _____________.
(direksyon, sinematograpiya)
Balikan
A. A .
Sa panonood nito ay mahalagang pagtuunan ng pansin ang kaisipan,
tema, layunin, tauhan, tagpuan at pagpapahalagang nakapaloob dito.
PANUTO: Piliin ang tamang sagot sa loob ng panaklong.
1. Ang mga linyang binibitawan ng mga artista sa pelikula ay tinatawag na
__________. (diyalogo, pag-arte)
2. Ang magandang istorya na pinanood ay ginawa nang mahusay na ____________
(direktor, manunulat ng iskrip)
3. Ang ganda ng pelikula ay nakabase sa lalim ng pagganap ng bawat tauhan sa
pelikula.ito ay tinatawag na _____________. (pag-arte, diyalogo)
Ito ang tinatawag na storyline o balangkas ng mga pangyayari sa pelikula. Ito ay
ang ____________ ( banghay, iskrip)
4. Ito ang wastong pagbubuo at paghahanda ng kabuuang disenyo kasama ang
tagpuan, kasuotan at kulay. (Props o Disenyong Pangproduksyon, Iskrip)
5. Ito ang wastong pagbubuo at paghahanda ng kabuuang disenyo kasama ang
tagpuan, kasuotan at kulay. (Props o Disenyong Pangproduksyon, Iskrip)
B. Ang pagbibigay ng solusyon sa problema ay pagsusuri sa kalagayang
lumilikha ng paliwanag sa natukoy na suliranin.
PANUTO: Sa pelikulang iyong napanood, isulat ang suliranin at magbigay ng
solusyon sa problemang iyong naobserbahan.

Tuklasin
Ang pelikula ay kilala rin bilang sine at pinilakang tabing, ito ay isang
larangan na sinasakop ang mga gumagalaw na larawan bilang isang anyo ng

16
sining o bilang bahagi ng industriya ng libangan. Maaaring tawaging dulang
pampelikula, motion picture, theatrical film, o photoplay. Ang mga pelikula ay
sining na may ilusyong optikal para sa mga manonood.
Ang elemento ng pelikula ay ang mga sumusunod:
1. Paksa Ang paksa ang tiyak na kaisipan na nagbibigay kaisahan at layunin
sa lahat ng nagaganap. Ang paksa ay hindi moral lesson. Maraming pelikula
na walang moral lesson,
lamang ng isang bahagi ng buhay, tunggalian o pakikipagsapalaran o
ipakita kung paano humarap sa isang pagkakataon sa buhay ang isang
nilalang.
2. Banghay Ito ang tinatawag na storyline o balangkas ng mga pangyayari.
Ang banghay ay maaaring masalimuot. Isinasaayos ng manunulat ang
pangyayari sa isang kakaibang ayos na maaaring magulo, gayunpaman ay
kawili-wili at mauunawaan.

3. Iskrip Inilalarawan nito ang bawat tagpo sa detalyadong paraan, taglay


ang pag-uusap ng mga tauhan, sa lohikal o makatuwirang ayos at sa isang
progresibong pagtaas ng kawilihan.
4. Pag-arte Ito ang pagbibigay-buhay ng mga artista sa tauhang
ginagampanan. Binibigyang-lalim at bias ng pagsasabuhay sa mga karakter
ang mga emosyon, diwa, at saloobin nito.
Disenyong Pamproduksyon Ito ang wastong pagbubuo at paghahanda ng
kabuuang disenyo kasama ang tagpuan, kasuotan at kulay.
Direksyon Ito ang tumutukoy sa paraan kung paano ipahahatid ng direktor ang
mensahe ng kwento sa pamamagitan ng lengguwahe ng pelikula. Siya rin ang
nagbibigay ng motibasyon o nanghihikayat sa karakter kung paano isasagawa ang
isang sitwasyon.
Sinematograpiya Ang pokus ng elementong ito sa paggawa ng isang pelikula ay
tunay na nagbibigay-pakinabang sa karanasang hatid ng mga mata. Kailangang
maging tiyak at masining ang bawat anggulo ng kamera, ang bawat mahalagang
galaw ay dapat na magagawang ikwadro, dapat na maabot ang layo at lapit na
nais marating at mabigyan ng dramatikong liwanag at dilim sa pag-iilaw, maipinta
ang mga hugis, anino at kulay.
Editing Ito ay mahusay na pagsasaayos ng mga eksenang kailangan o mahalaga
sa bawat tagpo nang hindi isinasakripisyo ang kabuluhang estetiko.
Musikal Iskoring Ang mga tagpo ay pinatitingkad ng madyik ng musika at tunog.
May eksenang hindi kailangan ng diyalogo, kilos o tunog. May bahaging ang
katahimikan, musika at tunog lamang ang makapagbibigay ng kahulugan.
Paglalapat ng Tunog Malimit ang tunog ay idinaragdag pagkatapos ng shooting.
Kaugnay sa pag-aaral ng pelikula, sinusuri natin ang mga
sumusunod:
Kahalagahang Pangkawilihan (Entertainment Value) kung nabihag dito ang
interes ng mga manonood.
Kahalagahang Pangkaalaman (Educational Value) kung nagbibigay ng bagong
kaalaman o impormasyon.
Kahalagahang Pangsining (Artistic Value) kung naisagawa at napaloob ang lahat
ng bahaging nararapat upang makatawag-pansin at makaantig ng damdamin.

17
A. Panuto: T .P
loob ng kahon. Isulat ang iyong sagot sa sagutang papel.
Tauhan Diyalogo Istorya o Kwento Tema Titulo o Pamagat
Sinematograpiya Banghay Musika Buod

1._______________ Ipinapakita ang karakterisasyon ng mga gumanap sa pelikula.


2.________________ Ito ay naglalaman nang malinaw na paghahanay ng mga
pangyayari sa pelikula upang lubos na maunawaan ng mga manonood.
3. __________________ Ito ay naglalaman nang matino o bulgar na mga salitang
ginamit sa kabuuan ng pelikula. Dito malalaman kung angkop ba ang
lengguwahe sa takbo ng mga pangyayari.
4. _________________ Ito ay pangalan ng istorya na may panghatak o impact.
5. _______________ Ito ay parte ng pelikula na may mapusyaw o matingkad na
kulay ng pelikula.
6. ______________ Ito ay pelikula na mayroong o paksang pinag-uusapan.
May taglay itong kaisipan at diwang titimo sa isip at damdamin ng mga
manonood na may kaugnayan sa kanilang karanasan sa buhay.
7. ________________- I nakaayos ayon sa
pangyayari.
8. ________________- Ang tunog na nagpapasaya at nagpapalungkot sa mga
manonood ay nakakaapekto sa nararamdaman ng manonood.
9. ______________- naglalaman ng kabuuang istorya ng mga pangyayari sa
pinanood na pelikula.
10._______________- tumutukoy sa pangkalahatang konsepto ng pelikula at
inaasahang magiging epekto nito sa mga manonood.
B. PANUTO: Basahin ang kuwento. Pagkatapos ay sagutin ang mga sumusunod na
tanong.
Kaibigan Ko ang Aking Pinsan ni: Agnes L. Bico

Sina Mary at Liana ay magpinsan. Bukod sa pagiging magpinsan, matalik din


silang magkaibigan. Si Mary ay nakatira sa Valenzuela samantalang si Liana ay
nakatira sa probinsya.
Tuwing bakasyon, kapag umuuwi ang mag-anak ni Mary sa probinsya, sila
lagi ang magkasama. Nagkukuwentuhan, nagtatawanan sa maraming bagay.
Dumating ang panahon na halos sabay din silang nagtapos sa kolehiyo,
nauna lamang ng ilang buwan si Mary. Nakapagtrabaho siya sa isang hotel sa
Maynila, samantalang si Liana ay pumasok sa isang maliit at pribadong paaralan.
M L ,
siya na maghanap ng ibang mapapasukan.
Tinulungan ni Mary na makahanap ng ibang trabaho si Liana sa Valenzuela
at pinalad na matanggap naman sa isang paaralan.
Sa bahay nina Mary tumira si Liana. Tumutulong siya sa mga gawaing bahay.
Pagkalipas ng tatlong buwan, natanggap ni Liana ang kanyang sahod. Sa
unang pagkakataon, nakatanggap siya ng malaki-laking halaga dahil naipon ang
sahod COVID 19.
!G ,
ang sabi ni Liana.
Tuwang-tuwa siya ng mga sandaling iyon. Nagbigay din siya ng panggastos
sa bahay.
Mula noon, nabibili na niya ang bawat magustuhan. Nang sumunod na mga
linggo, panay ang dating ng kanyang mga order.

18
Isang araw, napansin ng kapatid ni Mary na ginamit ni Liana nang walang
paalam ang maliit niyang drower na pinaglalagyan niya ng ilan niyang mga gamit.
Tinanggal nito ang laman at inilagay ang kanyang mga binili. Hindi nagsalita si Eva,
ang kapatid ni Mary, dahil baka magalit ito sa kanya.
Subalit hindi nakatiis si Eva, isinumbong niya ang pangyayari sa
nakatatandang kapatid ni Liana na nasa probinsya. Tinawagan si Liana ng kanyang
kapatid at pinagsabihan.
Mula noon ay naging tahimik na si Liana, hindi na siya masyadong
nagsasalita gaya ng dati.
Pati si Mary ay hindi na rin niya masyadong kinakausap, dahil pinagsabihan
din siya nito na kung may gustong gamitin sa kanilang bahay ay magpaalam muna
siya bilang respeto sa may-ari.
Kinabukasan, namumugto ang mga mata ni Liana, dala ng pag-iyak nang
gabing iyon. Ang dating malalakas na tawanan at pagbibiruan ay hindi na
naririnig. Madalang na ring mag-usap sina Mary at Liana, maliban na lamang
kung may mahalagang sasabihin ang bawat isa.
K M -usapan ang
problema.
Pagkatapos ng usapan, nagkaroon sila ng kasunduan na dapat magsasabi
kung anoman ang saloobin ng bawat isa at magpapaalam sa may-ari kung may
gustong gamitin bilang respeto.
Mula noon naging maayos na muli ang kanilang samahan at bumalik na ang
mga tawanan sa kanilang tahanan.
Sagutin:
1. Ano sa palagay ninyo ang suliranin sa kwento?
2. Ano ang naging ugat ng suliranin?
3. Tama ba na gumamit tayo ng bagay na hindi nagpapaalam sa may-ari? Bakit?
4. Tama bang solusyon ang hindi pagkausap sa taong iyong kinaiinisan upang
maiwasan ang pag-aaway? Bakit?
5. Paano nila nalutas ang problema?
6. Ano ang pakiramdam kapag may iniiwasan kang tao na ayaw mong kausapin?
7. Ano ang masamang maidudulot ng pagkikimkim ng sama ng loob sa iyong
kalusugan?
8. Kung ikaw ang nasa katayuan ni Eva, isusumbong mo rin ba si Liana sa kanyang
nakatatandang kapatid? Bakit?
9. Anong aral ang nais iparating nito sa atin?
10. Sa sitwasyong inyong binasa, ano ang tamang paraan ng paglutas ng
ganitong suliranin?

Suriin
A. Panuto: PanoorinMula sa S S .P
ang ilang bahagi ng pagsusuri ng pelikula.
Suring pelikula
I. Pamagat: ____________________________________________________
II. Direktor: ____________________________________________________
III. Mga Tauhan: (Ipakilala ang mga pangunahing tauhan lamang)
IV. Tagpuan ( Ilarawan ang panahon at lugar kung saan nangyari ang palabas o
pelikula)
V. Buod ng Pelikula
A. Simula:
B. Papataas na Pangyayari:
C. Kasukdulan:

19
D. Katapusan:
Mga Pamantayan Laang
Puntos
Naisulat nang maayos at nauunawaan ang sagot.Malinaw na nailahad ang 10
pelikula. Nasagutan ang lahat ng bahagi.
Nakapaglahad ng simpleng buod at maayos na naisulat. 8
Hindi lubusang naipaliwanag ang buod.May I sang bahagi ng pagsusuri ang 6
hindi nasagutan
Maikling paglalahad ng buod . May dalawang bahagi ng pagsusuri ang hindi 4
nasagutan
Hindi malinaw ang buod at hindi maayos ang naging paraan ng pagsagot 2
B. PANUTO: Isulat ang pinakamalapit sa solusyon sa mga sumusunod na sitwasyon.
1. Tuwing sasapit ang tag-ulan, labis na nangangamba ang inyong pamilya, dahil
mabilis tumaas ang baha sa inyong lugar. Ano ang pwede ninyong gawin upang
maiwasan ang iba pang di-kanais-nais na pangyayari?
2. Nahihirapan ka sa mga aralin at gawaing pampaaralan. Ano ang gagawin mo?
3. Malayo ang paaralan sa inyong tahanan, kailangan mo pang tumawid ng ilog
para makarating sa paaralan. Nais mong makapagtapos ng pag-aaral. Ano ang
gagawin mo?
4. Nakaaway mo ang matalik mong kaibigan dahil lamang sa isang hindi
pagkakaunawaan.
5. Nawalan ng trabaho ang iyong ama dahil sa pandemya dulot ng
COVID 19, may konting naipon ang iyong ina noong may trabaho pa
ang iyong ama.

Pagyamanin
A. PANUTO: Panoorin at s S S
gabay na tanong sa bawat bilang.
1.A S S ?A
sa iyong edad ang ganitong uri ng pelikula?Bakit?
2. Anong damdamin ang nangibabaw sa pelikulang iyong napanood?
Naapektuhan ba nito ang iyong paniniwala sa buhay? Ipaliwanag ang iyong sagot.
3. Naging angkop ba ang musika,tunog at mga tagpuan na ginamit sa
pelikula?Pangatwiranan ang iyong sagot.
4. Anong mensahe ang nais iparating ng napanood na pelikula?
B. PANUTO: Anong solusyon ang maaaring gawin sa mga sumusunod na sitwasyon.
1. Nahihirapan sa mga aralin sa Matematika.
2. Hindi ka nakagawa ng proyekto sa TLE dahil walang pambili ng mga materyal na
gagamitin.
3. Hindi mo nagawa ang iyong takdang aralin dahil may pinuntahang pagtitipon.
4. Naiwala mo ang kwintas na ibinigay sa iyo ng iyong ina na minana pa niya sa
iyong lola.
5. Malakas ang ulan, bumaha sa inyong lugar, subalit walang ideneklarang
suspensyon ang alkalde dahil wala namang bagyo.
Isaisip
Ang pagsusuri ng pelikula ay makabubuti upang makaiwas sa mararahas na
pelikula ang mga kabataan. Nalalaman nila ang mga kahulugan na ginagamit ng
MTRCB sa pagmamarka ng mga panoorin upang maging gabay sa panonood ng
pelikula kung ito ba ay angkop sa kanilang edad. Ang pagsusuri ng pelikula ay
daan upang mas maging malikhain ang mga kabataan sa kanilang paggawa ng
pelikula maging ito ay video clips o patalastas lamang. Sa murang edad ay

20
namumulat na sila sa paggawa ng pelikula gamit ang mga gadgets kagaya ng
celfon, laptop at kompyuter.
A. PANUTO: Isulat ang tinutukoy sa bawat bilang
1. I -uusapan. May taglay itong
kaisipan at diwang titimo sa isip at damdamin ng mga manonood na may
kaugnayan sa kanilang karanasan sa buhay.
2. I .
3. Ang tunog na nagpapasaya at nagpapalungkot sa mga manonood ay
nakakaapekto sa nararamdaman ng manonood.
4. Naglalaman ng kabuuang istorya ng mga pangyayari sa pinanood na pelikula.
5. Tumutukoy sa pangkalahatang konsepto ng pelikula at inaasahang magiging
epekto nito sa mga manonood.
B. PANUTO: Punan ng mga nawawalang letra.
Pagkatapos ng ilang mga pagsasanay, kaya mo na kayang harapin ang
mga suliraning darating sa iyong buhay? Punan ng mga nawawalang letra upang
mabuo ang konseptong nais ipahayag ng ating aralin.
Kakambal na ng mga tao ang (1.) su _ _ r _ n _n na malimit din nating
tawagin sa salitang problema. Subalit sabi nga hindi tayo dapat mangamba
sapagkat lagi itong may katapat na (2.) s _ l _ s y _ n.
Ang mga suliranin ay hindi tinatakbuhan, ito ay dapat (3.) _a _ a _ in nang may
katatagan. Kung hindi natin ito kayang mag-isa, pwede tayong humingi ng (4.) t _ l
_ ng sa ating mga (5.) kap_m_ l _ _. Subalit higit sa lahat huwag nating kalimutan
ang dakilang (6.) Pa _ g i _ _on na kailanman ay hindi tayo iniwan.
Ang ating mga suliranin ay maaaring nasa loob ng ating (7.) ta_ _ n a _, sa ating (8.)
k_ m _ n _ d_d, (9.) ban _ _ at sa buong (10.) m_n _ o.

Isagawa A. Panuto: Panoorin at suriin ang pelikulang Anak na


pinagbibidahan ni Vilma Santos at Claudine Baretto.
https://youtu.be/glDibP54qnY?t=64 at suriin ito. Gawing gabay ang patnubay sa
SURIIN sa pagsasagawa ng pagsusuri..
Tandaan: Maaaring panoorin sa link sa youtube ngunit hindi maaaring idownload o
kopyahin.
B. PANUTO: Bigyan ng solusyon ang mga sumusunod na suliranin.
1. Covid 19
2. Edukasyon sa panahon ng pandemya
3. Gadget sa online na pag-aaral ng mag-aaral

Tayahin A.Panuto: Tukuyin ang isinasaad sa bawat bilang. Isulat ang


letra na iyong sagot.
1.Sa taong ito nakasalalay ang kabuuan ng pelikula. Siya ang nakaaalam kung
paano patatakbuhin ang istorya at pakikilusin ang mga artista. Siya ang nagsasabi
ng lights, camera, action.
a. artista c. Prodyuser
b. direktor d. manunulat
2.Ito ay tinatawag sa mga kagamitan, kasuotan at background ng pelikula.
a. iskrip c. editing
b. Tema d. disenyong produksyon
3. Ang bumubuhay sa mga eksenang malulungkot at masasaya. Ito ang dahilan
kung bakit naaapektuhan ang manonood ng pelikula.

21
a. tono c. musika
b. tunog d. diyalogo
4.Madalas naaapektuhan ng mga pandramang pelikula ang bisang ____________.
a. pangkaisipan c. pandamdamin
b. pangkaasalan d.pangangatwiran
5. Kailan maituturing na hindi mabisa ang isang pelikula ?
a.kapag natuwa ang mga manonood
b.kapag maganda ang istorya ng pelikula
c.kapag malinaw na naipahatid ang mensahe
d.kapag hindi naantig ang damdamin ng mga manonood
B. PANUTO: Isulat ang angkop na solusyon sa mga sumusunod:
1. Kasali ka sa isang koponan ng basketbol, ginawa mo ang lahat para makapag-
M V P .S
kaibigan mo ang napili. Napikon ka at napahiya dahil alam ng kaibigan mo ang
.H . Mula noon naputol
ang inyong pagkakaibigan. Paano mo ibabalik ang inyong pagkakaibigan?
2. Iniwan kayo ng inyong ama, dahil nagkaroon siya ng ibang pamilya. Ikaw ang
panganay na anak. Ano ang iyong gagawin?
3. Kinopya mo sa kompyuter ang sagot sa iyong takdang aralin, nang malapit ka
nang matapos nawalan ng kuryente kasabay nitong nawala ang iyong
ginagawang takdang aralin dahil sa namatay ang iyong ginagamit na kompyuter.
Ano ang iyong gagawin?
4. Malimit kang magkasakit dahil kulang sa resistensya ang iyong katawan.
Sinabihan ka ng doktor na kumain ka ng gulay. Subalit hindi mo talaga gusto ang
lasa ng mga ito. Ano ang iyong gagawin?
5. Narinig mong nag-aaway ang iyong ama at ina. Malakas ang kanilang sigawan
at naririnig ito ng mga kapitbahay. Ano ang gagawin mo?

Karagdagang Gawain
A. Panuto: Sumulat nang maikling pagsusuri mula sa nagustuhang pelikula na iyong
napanood. Sa gagawing pagsusuri,isaalang-alang ang pagsagot sa mga
sumusunod na tanong. Ano ang paksa at temang nakapaloob dito? Anong aral
ang iyong natutuhan? Paano nakaapekto sa iyong pamumuhay ang pelikulang
ito?
B. PANUTO: Magtala ng limang karaniwang suliranin sa tahanan at magbigay ng
posibleng solusyon para sa bawat isa.

22
Lingguhang Gawaing Pampagkatuto

Asignatura: Filipino 6 Baitang: 6


Linggo: Ikalimang Linggo Markahan: Una

Araw at Oras Lawak ng Kasanayang Pampagkatuto Gawaing Dulog ng


Pagkatuto Pampagkatuto Pagtalakay

Ikalimang * Paggamit Nagagamit ang A. Alamin ADM/


Paglalahad ng layunin
Linggo ng magagalang na Modyul
Magagalang B. Subukin
SLM ( Self-
na sitwasyon: Pagtatambal ng
magagalang na learning
Pananalita -Sa pagpapahayag pananalita Materials)
ng
* Pagbibigay C. Balikan
saloobin/damdamin Live
ng Reaksyon Pagbibigay ng
-Pagbabahagi ng angkop na sagot Streaming
obserbasyon sa
D. Tuklasin Video
paligid
Pagbasa sa tula at Lesson
-Pagpapahayag ng pagsagot sa mga
ideya tanong
-Pagsali sa isang E. Suriin
usapan Paggamit ng
magalang na
F6PS-ld-12.22, F6PS- pananalita at
paggamit ng mga
llc---12.13, F6PS-lllf- panandang salita sa
12.19, F6PS-IVg- pagbibigay ng opinion
12.25, F6PS-IVh- at reaksyon
12.19 F. Pagyamanin
Pagsasagawa ng mga
Naipahahayag ang gawain

sariling opinion o G. Isaisip


reaksyon sa isang Pagpuno sa patlang
upang mabuo ang
napakinggang diwa
balita, isyu o
H. Isagawa
usapan. Pagsasagawa ng mga
gawain

I. Tayahin
F6PS-lj-1 Pagbibigay ng
tamang sagot upang
matiyak ang
natamong kompetensi

J. Karagdagang
Paggupit o pagguhit
ng larawan o poster

23
Lingguhang Gawaing Pampagkatuto

Asignatura: Filipino 6 Baitang: 6


Linggo: Ikaanim na Linggo Markahan: Una
Araw at Lawak ng Kasanayang Gawaing Dulog ng
Oras Pagkatuto Pampagkatuto Pampagkatuto Pagtalakay

Ikaanim na *Pagbibigay Nabibigyang A. Alamin ADM/


Paglalahad ng Layunin
Linggo Kahulugan Kahulugan ang Modyul
sa sawikain B. Subukin
sawikain SLM ( Self-
Pagtukoy sa sawikain o
idyoma at kahulugan learning
F6PN-lj-28 Materials)
*Pagbibigay Pagbibigay ng angkop
ng angkop Nakapagbibigay ng pamagat
Live
na ng angkop C. Balikan Streaming
pamagat na pamagat sa Pagbibigay kahulugan
sa sawikain o idyoma at Video Lesson
binasang/ angkop na pamagat
napakinggang talata D.Tuklasin
Pagkilala sa sawikain o
F6PB-lg-8 idyoma at angkop na
pamagat

E. Suriin
Pag-unawa sa konsepto
ng sawikain/idyoma at
paglalagay ng angkop
na pamagat sa talata

F. Pagyamanin
Pagsagot sa mga
gawain

G. Isaisip
Pagsagot sa mga
konseptong natutunan
sa aralin

H. Isagawa
Pagtukoy sa kahulugan
ng sawikain at
pagbibigay ng angkop
na pamagat

I. Tayahin Pagsagot
sa mga gawain

J. Karagdagang Gawain
Pagtatala ng mga
sawikain at pagbibigay
ng angkop na pamagat
sa binasang talata

24
Lingguhang Gawaing Pampagkatuto

Asignatura: Filipino 6 Baitang: 6


Linggo: Ikapitong Linggo Markahan: Una
Araw at Lawak ng Kasanayang Gawaing Dulog ng
Oras Pagkatuto Pampagkatuto Pampagkatuto Pagtalak
ay

Ikapitong * Pagsusuri sa Nakapagbibigay ng A. Alamin Paglalahad ADM/


ng Layunin
Linggo Pelikula sarili at maaaring
Modyul
solusyon sa isang B. Subukin
suliraning Pagsagot sa mga
SLM
nakalahad na gawain
*Pagbibigay naobserbahan sa
paligid. (Self-
ng solusyon sa C. Balikan
Pagsagot sa maikling Learning
Suliranin
pagsasanay Materials)
F6PN-lj-28
D.Tuklasin
Live
Pagbasa sa konsepto at
Nasusuri ang mga Streaming
kuwento at pag-unawa
kaisipan/tema/layuni sa binasa.
n/tagpuan at Video
pagpapahalagang
E. Suriin Lesson
Pagtalakay sa
nakapaloob sa mahalagang konsepto
napanoon na ng Kasanayan
maikling pelikula. F. Pagyamanin
Pagsagot sa mga
F6PD-lf-10 Gawain
F6VC-lle-13 G. Isaisip Pagsusuri
F6PD-lllh-1-6 sa pelikula at ng
konseptong natutunan
sa aralin

H .Isagawa
Pagbibigay ng solusyon
sa suliranin

I. Tayahin
Pagsukat sa iyong
natutuhan

J. Karagdagang Gawain
Pagpapayaman ng
kaalaman

25
Sanggunian

Ester V. Raflores, Binhi Wika at Pagbasa pahina 31


Alma M. Dayag, Pinagyamang Pluma pahina 66
Vico, Lorelie L. Talindaw 3 Aklat sa Wika at Pagbasa
Olivarez,Ranchez,Reyes,Filipino 3 K-12 Curriculum 2014 Edition
https:/drive.google.com/drive/folders1GCIiTqNKa5wqt1E11VXJHEGHsJD5kAP

Para sa mga katanungan o puna, sumulat o tumawag sa:

Department of Education - Bureau of Learning Resources (DepEd-BLR)

Ground Floor, Bonifacio Bldg., DepEd Complex


Meralco Avenue, Pasig City, Philippines 1600

Telefax: (632) 8634-1072; 8634-1054; 8631-4985

Email Address: blr.lrqad@deped.gov.ph * blr.lrpd@deped.gov.ph

26
ENGLISH 6
Quarter 1 – Module 2:
Determine Tone, Mood, and Purpose of the Author

What I Need to Know

This module was designed and written with you in mind. It is here to help you master
the nature of Biology. The scope of this module permits it to be used in many different
learning situations. The language used recognizes the diverse vocabulary level of
students. The lessons are arranged to follow the standard sequence of the course.
But the order in which you read them can be changed to correspond with the
textbook you are now using.

After going through this module, you are expected to:


1. identify mood and tone in the sentences;
2. determine purpose of the author;
3. appreciate the lesson through a short story; and
4. use tone, mood and purpose of the author in the activities given.

What I Know

A. Directions: Write T if the statement is TONE, and M if it is MOOD.

Example: Doctor Neil’s family grieved for the sudden death of their
relatives. M

1. Sarah portrays a villain’s monster character in the play. _______


2. Amy showed a sad feeling in her debut party. _________
3. The lead actor in the Korean series displays a magnanimous characteristic
in the entire show. _______
4. Marie suddenly cries when she saw the intense seen in the movie. _____
5. She feels hurt as she read the story.

B. Directions: Encircle the letter of the correct answer. The first item is done
for you.
1. Philippines is known to be the Asia’s Pacific Ring of Fire.
a. To inform b. To persuade c. To entertain

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


1
2. The new TV commercial displays good attraction to allure consumers’
interest.
a. To inform b. To persuade c. To entertain
3. The actor always finds new ways to entertain his audience in the comedy
bar.
a. To inform b. To persuade c. To entertain
4. Philippines is surrounded by different bodies of water.
a. To inform b. To persuade c. To entertain
5. Some online shop owners are posting fake description of their products to
deceive some their customers.
a. To inform b. To persuade c. To entertain

Lesson
Determine Mood, Tone and
1 Purpose of the Author
In reading a selection or watching films, it is important to know the attitude of the
author (tone) and the feeling of the readers or the viewers (mood). It is likewise
important to know the reason why the author writes about something (purpose).

What’s In

A. Directions: Choose your answer from the word bank below. Write the correct
answer after each item. The first item is done for you.

WORD BANK
a person to cure plague
problem symptom
separation a quick test
doubtful fighter tangled
1. People around the world were alarmed because of the dreadful pandemic that is
perseverance
originated in Wuhan city in China. plague
2. This dilemma had caused a trouble that change everyone.
3. The patient arrived with a high fever.
4. The patient who shows signs of the virus was admitted in the hospital.
5. A person under monitoring undergoes a swab test.
6. Covid-19 patients were place in an isolation room.
7. A person with a suspicious sign of covid-19 will be monitored.
8. The COVID-19 survivor was hailed and applauded.
9. Frontliners are having tousled relationship with friends, families and love ones.
10. Denise and the other frontliners work with persistence to help the people.

B. Read the short story below.

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


Life in the Emergency Room
By Jaymar S. Dassil

Denise is a 23-year-old hard-working nurse in a public hospital


in Valenzuela City. Her daily routine as an emergency room (ER)
nurse suddenly change when a pandemic strikes the state of
dilemma.
“Denise assist the new patient now”, her chief nurse Ms. Paler
said, as she hurdled her way to the nurse station.
“Yes, ma’am,” Denise replied.
She was in shocked when the man laid in front of her has a very
high body temperature of 42.9 degrees Celsius, cough and other signs
of COVID-19.
“Conduct immediate swab test to the patient,” Dr. Kristoff
Soriano asserted “and bring him to the isolation room!”
“Yes Doc,” they replied in chorus.
Denise as in charge to this situation, trembled and tears
suddenly dropped from her eyes as they admitted their ninth patient
with suspicious symptoms of the virus.
Ms. Paler came and said, “We can do this Denise with God’s
guidance and protection, be confident.”
“Yes ma’am, fighting,” she said with a timid smile.
All of them are wearing the personal protective equipment (PPE)
to protect them from a direct contact with their patients as they
conduct treatment to them.
QUESTIONSA day after, they rejoiced, shouted with gladness and sang a
1.song
Who isofDenise
praises
in thetoshort
God. They sent home their first ever COVID-19
story?
2.patient survivor
Where does who
she render stayed
service for
as an ERthem
nurse?for almost a month. A 21-year
3.old
Whatmale graduating
battle engineering
does Denise and student
her colleagues fight infrom Valenzuela.
the emergency room of the
hospital?
Truly, Denise and her team’s efforts and persistence paid off, as
4. Were Denise’s and her colleagues’ lives at risk? Why?
all of them dealt with this crisis fighting with faith and strong spirit
5. Why are COVID-19 frontliners known as modern day heroes?
from the Almighty God. Life in the emergency room is not easy. A lot
of sacrifices from you, to your family and friends are in tousled. Value
C. Choose from the mood outlet box the appropriate mood of the following lines
the frontliners,
taken from the short pray for them
story. Write and love
your answer afterwith
each them. The
item. The firstland’s
item is modern
hero.
done for you.

MOOD OUTLET
worried shaken serious hopeful worthy truly
1. “Denise, assist the new patient now!” the chief nurse said as Denise
hurdled her way to the nurse station. worried

2. She was in shocked when the man laid in front of her had a very high body
temperature.

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


3. “Conduct immediate swab test to the patient,” Dr. Kristoff Soriano asserted “and
bring him to the isolation room.”

4. All of them are wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) to protect them
from having direct contact with their patients.

5. Value all the frontliners, pray for them and love with them.

D. Choose from the TONE OUTLET box the appropriate mood of the following lines
taken from the short story. Write your answer after each item. The first item is
done for you.

TONE OUTLET
confused proud sad comfort happy
hopefully
1. Denise is a 23-year-old hard-working nurse works in a public hospital in
Valenzuela City. Proud

2. Her daily routine as an emergency room (ER) nurse suddenly change when a
pandemic strikes the state of dilemma.
3. Denise as in charge to this situation, trembled and tears suddenly dropped from
her eyes as they admitted their ninth patient with suspicious symptoms of the
virus.

4. Ms. Paler came and said, “we can do this Denise with God’s guidance and
protection, be confident”.

5. They rejoiced, shouted with gladness and sang songs of praises to God.

What’s New

TONE and MOOD – are both elements used by author/s in their literary work.
When readers understand the mood and tone in their reading, it easy for them to
understand the theme and also to appreciate the style of the writer/s.

MOOD- is the way the readers feel about the selection being read.
- is the reader’s reaction.
TONE- is the atmosphere being set by the author in a selection.
- The author/s or writer/s attitude or feeling.

Words That Describe Words That Describe


Tone Mood
Amused Fanciful
Humorous
Melancholy
Pessimistic
Angry Informal Frightening
Playful Mysterious
Cheerful
PURPOSE Ironic
OF THE TEXT– Frustrating in writing. Text may
is when writer’s reason/purpose
Pompous Horror Romantic Gloomy
Light Sad Sentimental
Clear Matter-of- Happy JHAYMARSorrowful
S. DASSIL - MAYES
fact Serious
Joyful
Formal Resigned
have more purpose, but there is only one that will stand as
primary/main reason in his/her writing. The three main purpose of the
writer/s are; to persuade, to inform, to entertain (PIE).

PERSUADE - is when writers’ intension is to convince to do something. The writers’


intention is to agree to a particular opinion or to act in a particular
situation.

INFORM - is when writers’ intention is to give information about something.


ENTERTAIN – is when writers’ intention is to provide a funny information that is
entertaining to the readers. To entertain or amuse the readers.

Examples:

TO INFORM
The result of the entrance test has been released in order
for the examinees to prepare for their studies.
A poster displays an information on how to avoid diseases.

TO ENTERTAIN
The new edition of celebrity magazine includes the latest
profile of the new artists.
A comic book for kids contains characters that portray
modern heroes.

TO PERSUADE
The commercials aired on the television make the audience
believed to its outcome.
The opinion of the author tries to implicate ideas that
What
makes is It believe.
the reader

A. Directions: Identify the TONE and MOOD of the following passages. Encircle
the letter of the correct answer. The first item is done for you.

1. She thinks that taking time to solve problem is good, but she leaves this
problem for the future generation to act on it. But time is running out. She should
do it now.
a. urgent b. uncontrolled c. unsatisfied d. unforbidden

2. She walked and gazed at me; I didn’t speak too. Hundreds of memories flashed
through my mind, and each of these memories was accompanied by a spear of pain
that for a moment I thought I might double over myself as I move my arms around
her waist and help her sit on the bench.
a. eloquent b. establishes c. emanate d. empathetic
3. Love can conquer everything in life. Love can please anybody in a moment of
passionate relationship and as a weapon to believe others with respect. Many had

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


become successful because of true love surrounded to them. Truly love can move
mountains to see your future with someone you love.
a. instinct b. inspirational c. indifference d. insufficient

4. She sits at the window glass looking at the happy family playing on the white
sand near the hotel. She whispered, if I only not given up my relationship for the
sake of my sister who was in great ill, I might be happy as them.
a. respectful b. regretful c. resourceful d. resembles

5. Failing does not make anyone a failure because only quitting can do that.
Remember, failure is not a destination to stay but it is a sign to continue doing
what is best and should be taken as a challenge to do better and move forward.
a. happiness b. harmful c. hopeful d. hatred

B. Directions: Read the sentences below and determine the purpose of the author
(to persuade, to inform, to entertain). Explain your answer briefly.

Example: The Department of Health (DOH) keeps updating the public about the
Dos and DON’Ts to prevent COVID-19.
Author’s Purpose to inform
Explanation: The DOH keeps updating the public on how to prevent COVID-19.

1. The Department of Education (DepEd) keeps informing the parents, teachers,


and learners regarding the set of learning this coming school year.

Author’s Purpose __________________________


Explanation _______________________________

2. Today’s entertainment artists portray well their roles to gain viewers’ interest.
Author’s Purpose __________________________
Explanation _______________________________

3. Buy one take one. When you buy this face wash you will probably become
pimple free.

Author’s Purpose __________________________


Explanation _______________________________

4. The teacher explains the consequences of not attending the orientation program
for incoming grade seven.

Author’s Purpose __________________________


Explanation _______________________________

5. Fake news intends to divert the attention of the people.

Author’s Purpose __________________________


Explanation _______________________________

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


What’s More

TONE – is the author’s feeling


MOOD- is the reader’s feeling
Purpose of the author- is the author’s reason/purpose in writing. It is represented
by the acronym PIE.
P-persuade- is the writer’s intention to convince the readers.
I-inform- is the writer’s intention to give information to the readers.
E-entertain- is the writer’s intention to entertain the readers.

A. Directions: Identify the TONE and MOOD of the following passages. Write the
letter of the correct answer after each item. The first item is done for
you.
1. Their gossip really affected her; she cannot even raise her chin up to look at this
people. She knew that she did not do anything wrong. In fact, she’s a victim, too.
These people really didn’t know her well. C
a. justice b. joyful c. judgmental d. jolly

2. He never thought of ending their relationship for four years. He did not expect
that after three years of not seeing each other their path had cross again. He had
seen how happy she is in her present relationship but he is still longing for her
caress and hoping for their future.
a. resentful b. reminisce c. remember d. related

3. Laura only bought her basic needs even though she still has some money to
spend. She chooses to deposit her extra money in the bank for her future.
a. patience b. pressure c. promotes d. practical

4. She was not joking when she said the news to others. She let them think on how
to solve the problem that brought a lot of damage to the companies’ profits.
a. serious b. scam c. slave d. slander

5. She arrived at exactly seven o’clock in the morning at the airport in Seoul. She
was a bit excited as she looked at the surrounding. She was on the carriage going
to her hotel. She sights with astonishment; Korea is really a good country to visit.
a. amused b. appeared c. applauded d. allowed

B. Directions: Read the following sentences. Determine the author’s purpose


whether; to persuade, to inform, to entertain. Write your answer after
each item.
Example: The magic performs many tricks to entertain the kids. To entertain

1. An entertainer makes her audience laugh in the concert.


2. My best friend takes seriously the rumors spread against me.
3. The proctors explain every detail of the exam.
4. Everybody laughs to the porters posted on the wall.
5. The suspects persuaded the police on the conduct of the investigation.

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


What I Have Learned

You have learned that MOOD is the reader’s feeling and TONE is the
author’s feeling. These are both elements used by the author/s in their
literary work. When readers understand the mood and tone in their
reading, it easy for them to understand the theme and also to
appreciate the style of the writer/s.
The purpose of the author is the reason of the author to write. Text may
have various reason but there’s only one primary purpose or reason to write.
The author may use to persuade, to inform, and to entertain.

What I Can Do

A. Directions: Group the following statement. Write the number of your answer
under the proper column in the table below. The first item is
done for you.

MOOD TONE
1

1. In the story, Danny’s character cried like a newborn baby.


2. Joseph felt nervous for the intense movie he watched.
3. Denzel showed his happy genre of a short story.
4. The movie director implied a serious scene to Kathy the lead actor.
5. Love felt sorry as what she saw on the news.

B. Directions: Choose one from the given topic below. Write five sentences using
purpose of the author, select only one (Persuade, Inform, Entertain).
Write your sentences following the rubrics below.

1. Distance Learning
2. Modular Learning
3. Face to Face Learning
4. COVID-19 Pandemic JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES
RUBRICS FOR WRITING SENTENCES

CRITERIA 5 4 3 2 1 TOTAL
Ideas The The writer The writer The writer The writer
sentences constructs tells about needs to needs to
show at least sentences the situation focus on one focus on one
one from the based from based from topic. topic.
three main the choices the topic Sentences Sentences
purpose of given. chosen. should be should be
the author. relevant relevant
from the from the
topic chosen topic chosen
Word Choice The writer’s Specific Specific Strong General and
uses an nouns, strong nouns and nouns, verbs overused
exceptional verbs, and strong verbs and words do not
word choice. well-chosen are used. modifiers are create a
modifiers Modifiers are needed to clear idea.
create vivid needed to create a
ideas on the create a clear idea.
topic chosen. clearer idea.
Conventions Punctuation The sentences The sentences Some errors Many errors
and grammar have a few have several confuse the make the
are correct. minor errors errors in reader. writing
The writing is in punctuation, confusing
free from punctuation, spelling, or and hard to
spelling spelling, or grammar. read.
errors. grammar.
TOTAL

Assessment
NOTE: (Please refer to all examples given in the previous activities.)

A. Directions: Read the following sentences. Determine the author’s purpose


whether; to persuade, to inform, to entertain. Write your answer after
each item.
1. New mobile application releases new features this year.
2. Star cinema produces new comedy series introducing their new talents.
3. Uni Liver Philippines endorses their new products for gents with promising
outcome in just two weeks.
4. Distance Learning is now advised by the Department of Education to avoid
the transmission of virus among learners in school.
5. Jackie Chan portrays good character traits in his movies.

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


B. Directions: Read the sentences below. Encircle the letter of the correct answer.

1. Joseph feels happy as he read the ending of the story.


a. Mood b. tone
2. Jose Garcia Villa wrote stories that that can affect the feelings of his readers.
a. Mood b. tone
3. Jonas griefs too much as the lead actor died in the series.
a. Mood b. tone
4. Joshua instructs the artist to sing his songs sadly.
a. Mood b. tone
5. Joseph shouts for fear as he watched the fighting scene in the movie.
a. Mood b. tone

Additional Activities
NOTE: (Please refer to all examples given in the previous activities.)

A. Directions: Read the following sentences. Determine the author’s purpose


whether; to persuade, to inform, to entertain. Write your answer after
each item.

1. The politician makes the people believe to his speech.


2. The posters displayed everywhere contain the details on how to avoid COVID-19.
3. Glydel announces her role as a comedian in her upcoming movie.
4. Peter makes others to believe to his opinion.
5. The moderator announces the rules of the debate.

JHAYMAR S. DASSIL - MAYES


ENGLISH 6
Quarter 1 – Module 7:
Idiomatic Expressions

What I Need to Know

This module was designed and written with you in mind. It is here to help you
understand better the meaning of different idiomatic expressions. The scope of this
module permits it to be used in many different learning situations. The language used
recognizes the diverse vocabulary level of students. The lessons are arranged to follow
the standard sequence of the course. But the order in which you read them can be
changed to correspond with the textbook you are now using.
The module is divided into two lessons, namely:
● Lesson 1 –Understanding Idioms using Context Clues
● Lesson 2 –Understanding Idioms using Affixes and Roots
After going through this module, you are expected to:
1. Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using context clues
2. Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using affixes
3. Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using roots

What I Know

DIRECTIONS: Read each sentence carefully. Write the letter of your answer on the
space provided before each number.

1. It is a phrase or expression that has a meaning different from the literal


meaning of the words used.
a. Roots c. Context Clues
b. Affixes d. Idiomatic Expression

2. These are hints that the author gives to help the reader understand a difficult or
unfamiliar word. These clues may appear within the sentence.

a. Suffixes c. Context Clues


b. Idioms d. Root words

3. These are sets letters generally added to the beginning or end of a word.

a. Roots c. Context Clues


b. Affixes d. Idiomatic Expression

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


4. This is a word or word part that can form the basis of new word through the
addition of prefix and a suffix. A word is also the part that comes from another
language such as Greek or Latin

a. Root c. Context Clues


b. Affixes d. Idiomatic Expression

5. Idiomatic expressions are also called ______?


a. Suffixes c. Context Clues
b. Idioms d. Root words

Lesson
Understanding Idioms
1 using Context Clues

What’s In
What do you do when you encounter an unfamiliar word from a
text you are reading?
Did you know that even without a dictionary, you can still get the
meaning of unfamiliar words or phrases?
You can use a word or group of words from the sentence as your
clue. That is called context clues.
The use of context clues can also help you understand the
meaning of an idiomatic expression.

An idiomatic expression is a phrase or expression that has a meaning different from


the literal meaning of the words used. In other words, idioms don’t mean exactly what
the words say. It has a special nonliteral meaning which makes it harder to be
understood by students like you. In this lesson, you will learn a technique on how to
get the meaning of idioms easier.

Notes to the Teacher

The teacher can give examples of sentences with unfamiliar words. It is


highly recommended that the teacher activates the learners’ schema or
prior knowledge on how to unlock of difficulties using context clues and
then relate the process into unlocking the meaning of idiomatic
expressions using context clues.

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


What’s New
Where can you find true friends?
Why is it important to be friendly?
Are you a good friend? Why do you say so?

A Treasure Found in 3S
By: Ms. Edlyn T. Torregoza

One Saturday morning, Cindy asked her mother to accompany her in the
nearest community park. She was very excited to finally play again in 3S
Children’s Park, after more than six months of staying at home. It is located
just few blocks away from their home in Ugong, Valenzuela.

She excitedly ran to her favorite spot only to be disappointed because


someone was already occupying the swing. She moved closer and gave the
girl a lopsided smile.
“Is this your first time here in 3S Ugong Mini Park?” she asked the girl. “That’s
my favorite place!” She exclaimed with disappointment. She knew she was
becoming mean, but she badly wanted to use the swing.

“My best friend and I always play here every Sunday morning. Had you met
her, I know she will be glad to let you play with us. This swing was her favorite
spot too. I missed her so much.” said Luna while smiling sweetly to Cindy.

Cindy felt bad of what she said to Luna earlier. She knew she has to do
something to make up to her. She remembered about Luna’s feeling sad
because of her best friend’s absence, so she promised that from then on she’ll
be a good friend to Luna.
Would you like to join me as I look around the area? I want you to see
everything we have here. Aside from the mini park, 3S Ugong also houses a
fire station. My father is a volunteer fireman. He is a man of wisdom. Most of
the time, he uses idioms in sharing his thoughts and some of his life’s great
lessons. He would talk to me using phrases like baptism of fire, to add fuel to
the fire, to breathe fire, to burn bridges and his ultimate favorite line- when
there’s smoke there is fire. I hope you could meet him someday.
We also have the City Hall Annex in here. Aside from that we also have a
police community precinct, a satellite rescue office, health center, a lying-in-
clinic and a day care center.
Have you been to our tricycle terminal here? My Uncle Lito is one of the
tricycle drivers there. He is a working student. He has big dreams. They say
he is a real ball of fire. He has already demonstrated his wish to climb higher.
Look at those trees with bench and tables for those students who are racing
against the clock to finish the paper before the deadline.

I just hope that someday we can get to watch movies here too, for those
comedy movies that would be a barrel of laughs. But I know it is very
expensive, before you start building castles on the air, just think how much
all this is likely to cost.

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


13
Yes, we almost have everything we need. We are grateful to our city
government for bringing services closer to the people.

Finally, it’s time for Luna to go home. She thanked Cindy for showing her
around.

Cindy was so happy that she met Luna. She knew she has found a new friend
that day. Truly, she found a treasure in 3S – a gift of friendship!

“By the way, my friends are here every Saturday. I hope you can come to play
with us next week. You can ask your best friend to play with us too”, Cindy
told Luna with an excited smile.

Luna sadly smiled and said “She’s gone. She died last month due to COVID-
19.”

What is It
Context clues help in identifying the meaning of idiomatic
expressions. Study and see how the context of the sentence gives
you an idea about the meaning of the idiomatic expression.

Idiom Sentence Meaning

Cindy said we have to go


raining cats home early. According to rain pouring down
and dogs the news, it will rain cats heavily
and dogs tonight.

Luna suffers from tooth having strong


sweet tooth decay, because she has desire to eat sweet
sweet tooth. food

SLES athletes have to do


their best in the games.
bring home bring home the
Their teacher said they
the bacon victory
must bring home the
bacon!

What’s More

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


Activity 1: Line and Define
DIRECTIONS: Analyze the sentences with idiomatic expressions. Underline the
idioms used and try to give its meaning by looking at the context clues found in each
sentence.
Example:
Let us watch my favorite movie tonight. I am bored to death
Meaning: feeling bored

1. Let us keep our fingers crossed. The results will be out tonight
Meaning:________________________________
2. Karen and Henry will soon tie the knot, and we are invited.
Meaning:_____________________________
3. Coleen and Billy’s child was spitting image of his mother. They look alike.
Meaning:____________________________
4.People who feel blue do things that would make them feel less lonely.
Meaning:_____________________________
5.My teacher lost the draft of her module, She needs to start from scratch.
Meaning:_____________________________

Lesson
Understanding Idioms
2 using Affixes and Roots
Did you know that aside from context clues, you can also infer meaning of
idiomatic expression using affixes? For you to do so, you have to identify first
the word with affix in the sentence, and then analyze its meaning. You can use
the meaning of words with affixes to guide you in your further understanding of
the idioms used in a sentence. Understanding the roots and knowing the
historical and cultural background of the idiomatic expression can help you
infer its meaning too.

What’s In
What are affixes?
What are the different types of affixes?
Can an affix change the meaning of the word? Why did you say so?

Notes to the Teacher


The teacher can give examples of sentences with affixes. It is
important that the teacher review lessons on how an affix
can change the meaning of a word and relate it on how an
affix can help a student infer the meaning of an idiomatic
expression.
What’s New
Read the conversation below.
LUNA: My father seems very unpredictable about his surprise for my
mother’s birthday. He’s a bit of a loose cannon.
CINDY: Why? Aren’t you included in the planning?

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


LUNA: I am but he is thinking so much about the pandemic and the
violence happening nowadays.
CINDY: Unpleasant things happen everywhere but violence has become a
fact of life among nations these days. It’s true that we should really pray
for world peace.

What is It
You can infer meaning of idiomatic expression using affixes. You have to

identify first the word with affix in the sentence, then analyze its meaning

For example:

1. My Father seems very unpredictable about his surprise for my mother’s birthday. He
is a bit of loose cannon.

The underlined word is (unpredictable) word with affix which infers meaning of idiomatic
expression “loose cannon” which is “actions that are hard to predict or actions that
cannot be easily identified.”

2. Unpleasant things happen everywhere but violence has become a fact of life among
nations these days.

The word unpleasant is a word with a prefix.

Meaning: unlikely to happen, yet accepted because it can’t be changed.

Understanding the roots and knowing the historical and cultural background of the
idiomatic expression can help you infer its meaning too.

Example:

They say that the old lady living in the house at the end road has an evil eye, if she
catches you in her gaze, you’ll be malevolently cursed.

The underlined word malevolently has “mal” which means “bad” on its root word. To get
the meaning of the idiomatic expression, find first the meaning of the root word of the
underlined word.

Therefore, the meaning of the idiom “evil eye” is to inflict harm or misfortune.

What’s More

Activity 2: Jumbled Fun

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


DIRECTIONS: Give the meaning of the idiomatic expression used in the sentence by
arranging the scrambled letters as your clue.
Example:
REPEAT The scientist are disappointed because the COVID vaccine
experiment failed. They are back to square one. (PEATRE)
1. The Grade 6 pupils were racing against the clock to finish the paper before the
deadline. (RACIMNGM)

2. They say that my Uncle Lito is a real ball of fire. He has already demonstrated
his wish to climb higher. (SITMAUBIO)
3. Mr. Bean is a barrel of laughs. (LEJOENYAB)
4. Mother will always remind me that before I start building castles on the air, I
must think how much all this is likely to cost.(GNIMAERD)

5. Daniel would always say that it will be a cold day in hell before he accepts his
apology. (BLESIMIPOS)

What I have Learned


1. Idiomatic Expressions or Idioms are phrases that have different meaning than
the literal meaning of words.
2. You can infer meaning of idiomatic expression using context clues, affixes and
roots.
3. Context Clues are hints that the author gives to help the reader understand a
difficult or unfamiliar word. These clues may appear within the sentence.
4. Affixes are sets letters generally added to the beginning or end of a word.
A root is a word or word part that can form the basis of new word through the
addition of prefix and a suffix. A word is also the part that comes from another
language such as Greek or Latin.

What I Can Do
Make an inventory or list of idiomatic expressions of important life
lessons your parents taught you. Are these life lessons important?
Why did you say so?

Assessment

PERFECT MATCH
DIRECTIONS: Match the idiomatic expression in Column A with its meaning in
Column B

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


Example: K Tied the knot
COLUMN B
COLUMN A
A. Don’t know the
_____1.Ball is in your court
answer
_____ 2. Blow your top
B. Blame someone else
_____ 3.Break a leg
C. A newcomer
_____ 4. Cost an arm and a leg
D. Go straight to the
_____ 5.Cut corners
point
_____ 6.Get out of hand
E. Lose control of the
_____ 7. Make a long story short
situation
_____ 8.New kid on the block
F. To do something
_____ 9.Pass the buck
without real interest or effort
_____ 10. Your guess is as good as mine
so as to save time or money
G. Very expensive
H. To wish someone
good luck
I. To lose one’s temper
J. The decision is up to
you
K. Get married
Additional Activities

DIRECTIONS: Determine the meaning of the bolded expression. Choose the best
answer.
1. After going to the zoo, the mall, and the movies, Amanda was sick of bending over
backwards to entertain her nieces.
A. Amanda was doing very little to entertain her nieces.
B. Amanda was making small efforts to entertain her nieces.
C. Amanda was trying very hard to entertain her nieces.
D. Amanda was not trying at all to entertain her nieces.

2. Bobby would have been playing ball until the cows came home if it hadn’t been for
Suzie dragging him home for dinner.
A. Bobby was just about to stop playing ball.
B. Bobby didn’t even want to play ball to begin with.
C. Bobby prefers nature to athletics.
D. Bobby would have continued playing ball for a long time.

3. Mr. Ardeza was very particular about the arrangement of his classroom, so the
thing he hated most was when his students caused a commotion with their wild
horseplay.
A. Mr. Ardeza hated when his students pretended to be animals.
B. Mr. Ardeza hated when his students played sports.
C. Mr. Ardeza hated when his students wrestled around with each other.
D. Mr. Ardeza hated when his students made animal noises.

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


4. Eric wanted to fix his cousin’s computer, but he was already having problems
setting up his Aunt’s Wi-Fi network and he didn’t want to open a whole new can of
worms.
A. Eric was sick of spending his time helping his family.
B. Eric wanted to go fishing instead of working on computers.
C. Eric was having difficulties untangling the computer wires.
D. Eric was not ready to begin working on a complicated new problem.

5. Even though Donna already had a new job, she submitted her two week notice and
conducted herself in a professional way at her old job because she didn’t want to burn
bridges.
A. Donna didn’t want to ruin her positive relationship with her old employer.
B. Donna wasn’t ready to start her new job.
C. Donna was really going to miss her old job.
D. Donna was waiting until her last day to rub it in everyone’s

EDLYN T. TORREGOZA SLES


ENGLISH 6
Quarter 1 – Module 9:
Analyzing the characters and settings used in print,
non-print, and digital materials
(Age and gender, Race and nationality, Attitude and
behavior)

WHAT I NEED TO KNOW

This module was designed and written with you in mind. It is here to help you master the
Informational Text Structures. The scope of this module provides different short selections in order
to the pupils to easily identify different text structures through signal words. The selections used
are of great help for the learners to gain lessons to apply in real life situations. The language used
recognizes the diverse vocabulary level of students. The lessons are arranged according to
Informational Text Structures.

After going through this module, you are expected to:


1. Analyze the characters used in print, non-print, and digital materials (Age and gender,
Race and nationality, Attitude and behavior)

2. Analyze the setting used in print, non-print and digital materials (Urban or Rural; Affluent
or Poor)

What I Know

DIRECTION: Look at the pictures of some fairy tale characters below then describe each
according to their character/behaviour.

1. Elsa 2. Pinocchio

AMELYN C. REGALARIO GTDLES


3. Snow white 4. Cinderella

What’s In

Read the story about the “The Tale of a White Squash”

THE WHITE SQUASH


Philippine Folk Tales
by Mabel Cook Cole 1916
Ilokano

In a queer little bamboo house in front of a big garden lived a man and his wife all
alone. They had always been kind and good to everyone, but still they were not happy, because
the child for which they longed had never come to them. Each day for many years they had
prayed for a son or a daughter, but their prayers had been unanswered. Now that they were
growing old, they believed that they must always live alone.

In the garden near their house this couple grew fine white squash, and as the vines
bore the year around, they had never been in need of food. One day, however, they discovered
that no new squash had formed to take the place of those they had picked, and for the first
time in many seasons they had no vegetables.

Each day they examined the vines, and though the big, yellow flowers continued to
bloom and fade, no squash grew on the stems. Finally, one morning after a long wait, the
woman cried out with delight, for she had discovered a little green squash. After examining it,
they decided to let it ripen that they might have the seeds to plant. They eagerly watched it
grow, and it became a beautiful white vegetable, but by the time it was large enough for food
they were so hungry that they decided to eat it.

They brought a large knife and picked it, but scarcely had they started to open it when
a voice cried out from within, "Please be careful that you do not hurt me."

The man and woman stopped their work, for they thought that a spirit must have
spoken to them. But when the voice again called and begged them to open the squash, they
carefully opened it, and there inside was a nice baby boy.[1] He could already stand alone and
could talk. And the man and his wife were overjoyed.

Presently the woman went to the spring for a jar of water, and when she had brought it
she spread a mat on the floor and began to bathe the baby. As the drops of water fell off his
body, they were immediately changed to gold, so that when the bath was finished gold pieces
covered the mat. The couple had been so delighted to have the baby that it had seemed as if
there was nothing more to wish for, but now that the gold had come to them also, they were
happier than ever.

The next morning the woman gave the baby another bath, and again the water turned
to gold. They now had enough money to build a large house. The third morning she brought
water for his bath again, but he grew very sad and flew away. At the same time all the gold
disappeared also, and the man and his wife were left poor and alone.

A. DIRECTIONS: Using the table below, analyze the characters in the story “The Tale of a
White Squash” according to the listed characteristics. The characteristics of the wife is
given as example.

Characteristics wife husband baby

age Adult

gender Female

race Filipino

nationality Ilokano

attitude Kind and loving

Read and answer the following questions below.

1. “Squash is the only food that the couple eats every day.” From this statement, tell the setting
of the story and the source of income of the people.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

2. What negative trait does the couple possessed?

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

3. If we are to analyze the couple’s characters, they were not as greedy as they were when they
are still poor, what do you think have changed their behavior?

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

4. What do you think will happen if the couple became contented with what they had?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

5. What lesson did the story taught us?


_______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
What’s New

Characters-refer to the people involved in the story. They are categorized as major and minor
characters. We can get to know more of them if we analyzed them through their age, gender,
race, nationality, behavior and attitude.
a. Age-the period of time someone has been alive or something has been existed.
ex: child adult old

b. Gender- roles of a woman or a man in society.


ex: female male

c. Race- a group of human based on shared physical differences like skin, and color
marked by society.
ex: Filipino Americans Koreans

d. Nationality- the official righto belong to a particular country or it is where a person


was born and holds citizenship.
ex: born in Philippines-Filipino Born in America-American
e. Attitude-represent how a person thinks or feels s about someone or something.
ex: Amy believes that smoking is dangerous to our health.

f. Behavior- represents an individual’s reaction to a particular action, person or


environment.
ex: Amy always bring hanky to cover her nose.

Setting-includes two major parts, namely time and place. It gives the readers background about
the story.

What Is It

A. DIRECTIONS: Watch the short story “Too Many Bananas”


https://youtu.be/enNTDt6PDns then analyze the following:

1. The setting of the story: _________________________

2. Fill up the details of the characters:

a. Age- ____________________

b. Gender- ____________________

c. Race- ____________________

d. Nationality- ____________________
e. attitude - ____________________

B. DIRECTIONS: Watch the story, “The Lazy Brahmin” (youtube.com)


https://youtu.be/q8NW9TiRfGA, then analyze the following characters:

Characters Characteristic
Brahmin

Hermit

Wife

Demon

What’s More

A. DIRECTIONS: Read the story then fill up the information needed below:
A friend in need is a friend indeed

Once upon a time there lived a lion in a forest. One day after a heavy meal. It was sleeping
under a tree. After a while, there came a mouse and it started to play on the lion. Suddenly the
lion got up with anger and looked for those who disturbed its nice sleep. Then it saw a small
mouse standing trembling with fear. The lion jumped on it and started to kill it. The mouse
requested the lion to forgive it. The lion felt pity and left it. The mouse ran away.
On another day, the lion was caught in a net by a hunter. The mouse came there and cut the
net. Thus it escaped. Thereafter, the mouse and the lion became friends. They lived happily in
the forest afterwards.

1. Where is the setting of the story? __________________________________

2. Compare the lion’s characteristics with that of the mouse’s characteristics.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

B. DIRECTIONS: Identify the characteristics that the characters possess in the story below.
DAVID AND GOLIATH

by Sharla Guenther

1. Saul had been king, but he kept disobeying God so God asked Samuel to find a new king. God
said to Samuel, "Go to Bethlehem and there is a man named Jesse with eight sons. One of them
will be the next king."

2. When Samuel first met the sons he automatically thought that the oldest son named Eliab
would be the king that God had chosen. But the Lord said to Samuel, "Do not look at the way
he looks or how big he is. Eliab is not the one I have chosen, the way he looks doesn't matter to
me, I look at the heart."

3. Jesse brought more of his sons to meet Samuel but none of them God had chosen
either. Samuel asked Jesse, "Have I met all your sons?" Jesse replied, "I have one son left named
David, he's the youngest, and he's out looking after the sheep. I will bring him here to meet you."

4. As soon as Samuel saw him the Lord spoke to him and said, "He is the one." So Samuel
anointed him with oil which was a special way of promising him that he would be the next
king. And from that day on the power of the Lord was with David.

5. David continued to take care of his father's sheep in the fields. When he didn't have much to
do in the field he played instruments, and wrote songs and poems that you can find in the book
of Psalms in your Bible.

6. Meanwhile Saul was still king and he ruled people called Israelites. David and his family were
Israelites too. The Israelites weren't getting along with people named the Philistines.

7. The problem with the Philistines was that they had many giants living in their land. One of
the strongest and biggest giants was named Goliath. He was over nine feet tall, which is taller
than any person recorded in the Guinness Book of World Records. He would've had to bend way
down to get through a regular door.

8. Goliath was covered with armor to protect him and carried a big spear. Every morning and
every evening for forty days he shouted to the Israelites in his big deep voice, "Hey, you guys! I
dare you to find one man to fight me. If he can beat me we will become your servants, but if I
win you will all become our servants."

9. When Saul and all his men heard this they were very afraid. Three of these men were David's
three oldest brothers. They were the only ones in David's family that could go fight because they
were old enough.

10. Now David's father Jesse heard about the giant and was worried for his sons. He called
David out of the fields and asked him to take some food to his brothers and report back how they
are doing.

11. So David set off to visit his brothers. As he approached them he heard Goliath shouting his
challenge like he did every morning. "Isn't someone going to stand up to this man?" David asked
the men in the army. "Then I will fight this giant Philistine."

12. One of the men overheard this and ran to Saul and told him what David said. Saul
approached David and said, "You can't fight Goliath, you're only a boy and he has been fighting
for many years." But David said to Saul, "I have had to fight lions and bears to protect my
father's sheep. God helped keep me safe then and he will help keep me safe now."

It was too bad that Saul the king wasn't trusting in God to help him, he didn't know what to do
to beat Goliath. Then this young boy named David came and he knew in one day exactly what
to do, and trusted that God would help him. That's why God loved David's heart and wanted
him to be king.

1. In paragraph 1, copy the sentence that tells what kind of attitude did Saul possess.
_______________________________________________________

2. In paragraph 3, copy the sentence that describes the age of David.


_______________________________________________________

3. In paragraph 5, describe what behavior did David possess.


_________________________________________________

4. Copy the sentence in paragraph 6 that describes the relationship between the Israelites and
Philistines. ________________________________________________________________

5. What behavior did David show in his statement, "Then I will fight this giant Philistine"?
__________________________________________________________________________

C. DIRECTIONS: Based on the story of David and Goliath write their character profile.

Character Profile

Character’s Name:

What does the character do?


What is the character’s
personality?

What does the character look like?


What I Have Learned

“Two important parts of a story are characters and setting. The characters are who is in
the story. The setting is where the story takes place.”

Assessment

Watch your favorite telenovela/movie, after that describe the setting, main character and
characteristic in the story.

Title: __________________

Setting: _____________________

Title:
Quarter 1 – Module 2:
MUSIC 6
Musical Symbols and Concepts
TIME SIGNATURE
What I Know

Directions:
A. Draw the conducting patterns of the following time signatures.

1. 4
4

2. 3
4

3. 2
4

4. 6
8

B. Answer the following questions;

5. Who leads a choir or an orchestra in its musical performance?

6. What are the different conducting techniques a learning conductor needs to


know?

7. What is the importance of the conducting techniques to the conductor’s hand and
body gestures?

What’s New

1 What are conducting patterns?


2. Do a musicians watch the conductor?
3. Do you know how to read conductor gestures?
4. Why does conductors use a stick?
5. What is the primary duties of a conductor?

Study the Conducting Patterns:

1
What Is It

In conducting, smaller downbeats are used for faster music while larger downbeats are
used for slower music.

Independent Activity 1:
Using hand movements, follow and learn the different conducting patterns.

What Can I Do

How do you conduct your life? Carefully? Cautiously? Courageously?

Additional Activities

Look for a choral performance on the internet. Imitate the conductor’s hand gestures
and practice. Remember to observe preparatory beats and feel the downbeats of the
songs as you conduct.
(Follow the Conducting Rubrics given in Independent Assessment 2)

2
Quarter 1 – Module 3:
MUSIC 6
Musical Symbols and Concepts
RHYTHMIC PATTERN

What I Know

Sing and clap the song “Tiririt ng Maya” and “Mary Had A Little Lamb” according
to the value of each notes/rest in each measure.
A.

B.

C. Clap and say each line.


2
1. 4

2. 2 3
4

Directions: Read and understand each item carefully. Write the letter of the
correct answer on a separate sheet of paper.
3. The value of notes and rests depend on the given time signature of a song.
Which of the following Rhythm is in 2 time signature?
4
a.

b.

c.

d.

4. Which of the following rhythm is in 4 time signature.


4

a. b.

c d.

5. If you combine the beats of half notes receives 2 beats,

quarter note receives 1 beat and quarter rest receives 1 beat .

Which time signatures show the given notes and rests?

a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6
4 4 4 8

What’s New

Define the following 2, 3, 4, and 6 time signature.


4 4 4 8

4
1. 2
4
2. 3
4

3. 4
4

4. 6
8

What Is It

Rhythmic Pattern are the division of beats into patterns of sound by clapping or
tapping the beat or a combination of notes and rets in a measure.
Independent Activity 1:
Direction: Count the beats in each measure.

Independent Assessment 1
Song Analysis:
1. Identify the meter, time signature, key and first note of the song.
2. How many phrases are there in the song Old Mc Donald?
3. What can you say about the number of beats in the first measure?

5
4. What can you say about the number of beats in the second measure?
5. How about the last measure?
Independent Activity
Identify whether the time signature used in each staff is 2 , 3, 4, and 6 .
4 4 4 8
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Independent Assessment
Ask the learners to do the following:
1. Tap the beat in each measure.
2. Tap the rhythm of the notes/rest in each measure.
3. Do you get the correct time signature based on the activity you did?

6
Independent Activity 3

Directions: Create your own musical pattern in time signature.


1. 2
4

2. 3
4

3. 4
4

4. 6
8

5. 4
4

Independent Assessment
Ask the learners to do the following:

7
1. Tap the beat in each measure.
2. Tap the rhythm of the notes/rest in each measure.
3. Did you create a rhythmic pattern correctly based on the time signature for each
staff?

What I Have Learned

Answer the following:


1. What are the time signature?
2. How do you create the rhythmic pattern in different time signature?
3. Is it important to follow the signature in creating rhythmic pattern? Why you say
so?

What Can I Do

Different time signature required different patterns to follow, but in life we all have our
paths in we are supposed to follow, to find who we are supposed to be, but it’s not
always a straight path. There is something inside of us that guides us, and all we need
to do is to listen God’s voice to follow the right path.

Additional Activities

Directions: Fill in the chart below.

Title Time Meter Notes /Rests Draw the Rhythmic Pattern in


Signature used first measure
1.Ang Pipit
2.Bayan Ko
3.Lawiswis
Kawayan
4.Daniw
5.Dandansoy

8
Quarter 1 – Module 2:
ARTS - Elements and Principles Applied in Comic Art

What I Know
Look at some famous character shown below. Do you know them?
Do you know where cartoonists get their ideas from their cartoon characters?
Can you name each of them?

__________ _____________ __________ ________________ ___________


What’s New

Read the questions very carefully and choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. The basic rule of __________ lose the unimportant features and exaggerate the
ones that remain.
a. Dancing b. Caricature c. cleaning
2. Animation is most powerful when it communicates with _________.
a. Principles b. character c. movement
3. ________________has more impact when it does what live actions can’t.
a. Promotion b. animation c. creation
4. In the principles for production the following are true except one.
a. Ideas b. Script c. paintings
5. Animation is most effective when:
a. It moves beyond the boundaries of reality
b. It goes beyond time
c. It carries the framework
6. Gestures should support ___________ in animation.
a. Drawings b. dialogue c. feelings
7. Animation has no limit: anything is possible,
a. True b. false c. maybe
8. An animated script should create a ___________ for a performance.
a. Action b. platform c. reality
9. ___________ is the blueprint for your film in which all the key structural element
be shown.
a. Storyboard b. storyline c. stage
10. A character’s ability to move is affected by how it is designed.
a. True b. false c. maybe

9
What I Have Learned
. Cartoon Face Drawing Challenge
Materials: typewriting, pencils and crayons
Procedures:
Are you ready for some fun? Remember to make a face drawing design
That will make you and your friends laugh.
Remember:
1. Draw your own cartoon character.
2. Invent your own design.
3. Output must makes you feel happy and satisfied.

What Can I Do

Draw your own caricature. Choose who/what you think could be a better

subject/model.

Assessment

Identify the following. Choose your answer form the list inside the box.

____________1. It is a form of visual communication that become popular with the


invention of modern newspaper and motion picture in the 20th century.
___________ 2. A one-panel or stand-alone comics in which the main intent is to present
an opinion.
___________ 3. They are often drawn in an unkind way, which exaggerates certain things
about them.
___________ 4. A series of little drawings arranged box by box, some or all of which may
contain dialogue.
___________ 5. An artist who draw cartoons.

Cartoon Cartoonist Editorial Cartoon Strip Cartoon Caricature Sketches

Additional Activities
Make your own comic strip with dialogue. You can used 2-3 characters present in

the conversation.
10
Quarter 1 – Module 3:
ARTS - Cartoon Character Making
What I Know
Into what cartoon type do the following pictures belong?

__________________ _________________________

____________________
What Is It

Now that we know the different steps in creating a Cartoon Character, can
you make your own design?
Draw your own cartoon character. Be sure to follow the steps in creating your
own design.
What I Have Learned

Write FACT if the following statement is correct and BLUFF if it is not.


_________1. In order to be successful in creating cartoon characters, one should
have a good understanding of the basics in developing them.
_________2. In cartoons, presenting the human figure as it is would be useful, but
not necessary.
_________3. Hands and feet are less important features of cartoon
characterization.
_________4. Facial character tells us a great deal about its owner-whether they
are male or female, old or young, pretty or ugly, intelligent or stupid, fat or thin.
_________5. The main intent of creating a strip cartoon is to present an opinion.

11
_________6. Comic strip artists must not only know how to draw, they must be good
storytellers as well.
_________7. Caricatures are often drawn in an unkind way, which exaggerates
certain things about them.
_________8. A cartoon sketch by an artist is quickly digitized onto the screen, and
from this can be manipulated, duplicated, and printed out.
_________9. In creating a cartoon character digitally, less sophisticated graphic
programs like Inkscape or Sketch N’ Draw can be bought or downloaded for free.
_________10. Programs used in cartoon character making are usually driven by
various tools, such as palette where you can decide whether to use a pencil, a
paint brush, or an eraser, what color you want to use, etc.
What Can I Do

Put a check (/) before each statement that describes what you can do and
cross (x) for those statement that you cannot do.
________1. I can utilize art skills in using new technologies (hardware and software) in
cartoon character making.
________2. I can express my thoughts and emotions in the art activities
________3. I can make my own cartoon character design easily.
________4. I can explain ideas about the cartoon character design.
________5. I can apply concepts on the steps/procedures in cartoon character making.

Assessment

Answer the given question below correctly.


1. What do cartoonists use to draw?
2. Why are cartoons so important?
3. Why do advertisers use cartoon characters?

12
Additional Activities

Let’s do it

1. You are tasked to create a cartoon character design that represents you as a
person. Your design must represent/symbolize your personal interests and beliefs.
2. Use up to three colors within the design.
3. Create an initial sketch of the design on a piece of paper.

13
Quarter 1 – Module 4:
ARTS - Creating Cartoon Character Design
What I Know

What are the steps in creating cartoon character design?

What Is It

Activity: Create your own cartoon character!

Procedures:

13

14
1. You may use the Manual (Invent Your Own Cartoon Character) showing
prepared sample cartoon noses, eyes, ears, separated by category for
reference.
2. Try out a body (dress, hairstyle, hands, feet, and accouterments) and
several mouth, nose and eye shapes until you find a combination that you
have in mind or like.
*Select a head shape
*Select a body
*Select a mouth
*Select a nose
*Select some eyes
3. Sketch what you have selected to mix and match. Complete your
cartoon character.
4. Finalize the details of your cartoon character. Make a clear outline by using
a sharp marker to trace over the lines carefully.
RUBRIC FOR CREATING A CARTOON CHARACTER
Indicators 1 2 3 4 5
1. The character was created using a digital art
software.
2. External features were added to make the
character more interesting.
3. The different elements of art were considered
and applied appropriately in creating the
character.
4. An appropriate name was given to the
character.
5. All instructions given were followed properly.
Total score

Legend:
1 – poor 4 - good
2 – below satisfactory 5 – very good
3 – satisfactory
What I Have Learned

A. Arrange the jumbled letters to form the correct answer in each item.

15
_____________1. It is a form of visual communication that became popular with
the invention of modern newspaper and motion picture in the 20th century.
ACROTNO
____________2. These are people who uses a variety of effects- funny and
amusing, sharp and biting, or subtle and slippery-for various genres or types of
cartoons. RCAOONTSTSI
____________3. Series of little drawings arranged box by box wherein some or
all of which may contain dialogue. RTSPI TCAORNO
____________4. It is often drawn in an unkind way, which exaggerates certain
things about famous people, such as15 politicians or movie stars. ATCRCIAREU
____________5. It is a one-panel or stand-alone comics in which the main intent
is to present an opinion. TDEOIIRLA ONOTRCA
____________6. He is an American Cartoonist who created the comic strip
Peanuts. HRCASLE HUZLCS
___________7. This icon help, cartoonist’s crop, edit, enhance, lighten, darken,
shade, add color, and anything they think. UCOPMTRE NAD OSTFRWEA

What Can I Do

Cartoon Face Drawing Challenge


Materials: pencils, oslo paper, crayons, marker
Procedures:
Are you ready for some fun? Remember that a hint of playfulness will help
unleash your creativity, loosen up your mind, and inspire your artwork. This is a
drawing activity that involves three drawing challenges: drawing a cartoon
character of yourself, inventing a cartoon character, and drawing a cartoon
character digitally.
1. You are the best model in this activity.
2. You will need to study yourself in a mirror, contorting your face into various
expressions.

3. See what your eyes and mouth in particular are up to when you are sleepy,
shocked, angry, cool, naughty etc.
4. Visualize yourself in a series of expressions.
5. Sketch the results in simple ovals to start with.

16
Assessment
In your MAPEH notebook, divide your page into 4 boxes and design
your own cartoon character. Make sure that it looks original and your
own creation. Give it a name. You should have a front view, back view,
side view and top view of your character (one view per box)

Additional Activities

Divide the page of your notebook into 6 boxes and create a different facial expression for

each box using the same face of your new invented character.

17
Quarter 1 – Module 2:
Physical Education
Fitness Enhancement through Invasion Games

What I Know

Types of Skills involved in striking/fielding games.


Re arrange the jumbled letters to get the correct answer.

Ocolrotom

Onn oolctorom -

Inamupalevit llikss

What’s New
Watching a video:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VNFLIaN0dok

Direction: Write HR if the given word is health related fitness component and SR if it is
Skill related.
_____1. Cardiovascular Endurance _____6. Agility
_____2. Speed _____7. Body Composition
_____3. Reaction Time _____8. Muscular Strength
_____4. Flexibility _____9. Coordination
_____5. Power _____10. Balance
What Is It
A. Do the indicated Fitness test.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VNFLIaN0dok

18
1. Side bend
2. Back Turns.
3. Knee hugs
4. Arm circles
5. Squat

RUBRICS IN RATING THEIR INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE


POINTS DESCRIPTION
30 The pupil understand the concept clearly
He perform the activity with mastery and grace.
25 The pupil understand the concept.
He perform the activity with no mastery.
20 The pupil understand the concept with slight query on the last
part.
He perform mastery with no mastery.
15 The pupil lack understanding of the concept.
Lack mastery.
10 Pupil moves without clear understanding of the task.

What I Have Learned

FITNESS- the ability to carry out everyday activities without


becoming excessively fatigued, and to still have enough
energy left to deal with emergencies or the condition of being
fit and healthy.

19
What Can I Do

Make your own physical activity exercise routine to improve the level of
your fitness. Be ready to perform, explain and demonstrate it to your classmates

Assessment

Actual performance of the physical activity routine made


by the pupils.
Additional Activities

CHARADES: A simple but classic game to get out of their seats


Play charades with your classmates. Pupils can prepare their own activity in
which their classmate will guest. The one who guest it correctly will be the next to do the
challenge.

20
Quarter 1 – Module 3:
Physical Education
Assessment of Physical
Activities and Physical Fitness
What I Know

Group the following fitness components under proper heading.


HEALTH RELATED SKILLS RELATED

Reaction Time Speed 20 Agility Muscular Endurance


Power
Flexibility Body Composition Muscular Strength
Balance
Coordination
What’s New

Watching a video:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H3rqdItNi78
Form two groups to report/demonstrate the background/ correct play of AGAWAN
BASE based on the given activity sheets.
Activity sheet 1(Group 1)
1.Read the background of the invasion game: agawan base
2.Explain the text.
Agawan base (Stealing Base)
Equipment: markers to be used as the base, 2 ocs. (you can use 2 slippers or 2 chairs
as your bases
No.of players: minimum of 4, 2 in each team(more players for more fun recommended)
Mechanics 1:
There are 2 bases, each base has equal number of members. There will be 1
person assigned to guard the base. The other may leave the base to run and try to
catch another members of other team or to try to steal the opponent’s base. If you touch

21
the base of your opponent first before members of that team tag you, you steal their
base and your team wins.
Activity sheet 2(Group 2)
1.Read the instructions and explain the text for mechanics 2.
Another main goal is to catch as many of the opponents as your team can. A captive
opponent becomes a prisoner and stands on the captor’s base until a member of his own
team saves him by touching/tagging him. Once he is tagged and saved the prisoner is
freed and goes back to his base. If all opponents have been captured, all members at
large; all members of the stronger team will have to try and act the base from the guard
by tagging it. The one left
Must not leave the base and not be overtaken by the opponents. In this case, the
stronger team wins.
1. ACTIVITY: Apply game discussion

What Is It

Execution of the invasion game .


1. Instruct the learners to perform warm-up exercises to prevent injury and muscle pain.
a. head bending e. knee rotation i. jog in place
b. neck twisting f. feet shake j. inhale, exhale
c. arms stretch g. jumping jack
d. hands shake h. march in place
What I Have Learned
Invasion Games help pupils develop their physical, mental,and social
ability. Pupils show awareness in passing and can improve alertness. They can
also evaluate and improve a partners passes. They will be able to apply their
knowledge to a game situation.

22
What Can I Do

Fill the template “Game Participation Survey” or “My Physical and Fitness
Contract” Check the space provided that best describes your answer.

LEARNING EXCELLENT GOOD POOR


1.I participated in the game actively
2.I understood the background of the game

3.I observed safety precautions in playing


syato game
4.I executed the different skills involved in
the game
5.Idisplayed joy of effort ,respect for others
and fair play during participation in physical
activities
6.I identified the areas of my improvement

Assessment
Use Rubrics in assessing yourself
SELF-ASSESSMENT YES NO
1. Did you enjoy the game?
2. Did you participate actively?

3, Did you understand the mechanics of the game?


4. Describe the skills involved in the game?

5. Did you observe safety precautions?


6. Did you display joy of effort, respect for others and
fair play during your participation to the game ?

Additional Activities

Ask the learners to write a Journal entry in their notebook of what they
have learned. What are the health? Related fitness components?

23
Quarter 1 – Module 2:
HEALTH
Health Appraisal Procedures

What I Know

Changes during Puberty Stage


Write B if it’s a sign of puberty change among boys and G for girls.

_____1. The voice become deeper.


_____2. Breasts develop.
_____3. The hips become wider than the shoulders.
_____4. The shoulders become wider than the hips.
_____5. The Adam’s apple becomes bigger.

What’s New

Look at the picture below. What health services are performed


by the following medical professionals? Can you name them?
Write your answer on your notebook.

21

__________________ _________________ __________________

__________________________ _____________________

24
What I Have Learned

Write down the different health appraisal procedures below. Explain the
importance of undergoing the test.

HEALTH APPRAISAL IMPORTANCE

What Can I Do

What can you do to improve your personal health? Put a ( ) inside the
circle of your answer. Write your answer on your notebook.
1. Visit your doctor once a year.
2. Have your eye check-up at least twice a year.
3. Drinking milk can make our bone stronger.
4. Undergo screening for disease prevention.
5. Undergo hearing test to detect hearing difficulty.
Assessment
Match the health appraisal test in column A with it’s function in
column B. Write your answer on your notebook.
COLUMN A COLUMN B
A. To determine the body index(BMI)
________1. of every learner

_______2. B. To help us detect visual difficulty.

______3. C. To check any dental problems.

______4. D. To know the condition of the spine.

25
______5. E. To check and ensure total health
problem.

Additional Activities

Make your own health appraisal procedure by recording your height and
weight measurement in one week. See the difference after a week and report it to
the class.

Quarter 1 – Module 3:
HEALTH
Personal Health Issues and Concerns
What I Know

Answer the following questions and choose your answer inside the box.
__________1. Who will assist you when you have vision problems?
__________2. Who will assist you when you have hearing problems?
__________3. Where will you go if you have dental problems?
__________4. If you have scoliosis or spine problems, where will you go?
__________5. At school, who monitors your height and weight problems?

Opthalmologist Dentist School Nurse Audiologist

What’s New Nutritionist Orthopedic Doctors

A. What are personal health issues? How do you handle it?


B. Choose the correct answer from the box that describes the personal health
issues. Write your answer on your notebook.
Otitis media stunted growth Obesity Vision

Blisters Underweight astigmatism

__________1. An infection of the middle ear.


__________2. Abnormal or excessive fat accumulation that presents a risk to health.

26
__________3. They are bubbles that pop up when fluid collects in pocket under the
top layer by your skin.
__________4. It happen when a child fails to meet the expected height or weight for
their age.
__________5. A common and generally treatable imperfection in the curvature of
your eyes that causes blurred distance and near vision.
What Is It

WATCHING VIDEO!
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ECpUW5kIhk
https://www.slideshare.net/ciaravisaya/personal-health-issues-and-
concerns-grade-6-mapeh

Do you practice personal hygiene to prevent and control personal health


concerns? What are these? Enumerate at least 5.

Enumerate the proper ways of brushing our teeth.

What I Have Learned

Write an essay regarding the difference of community and


community health.
What Can I Do

Draw your school clinic and the community health resources that
are present in your barangay. Explain how they are helping one another for
their people.
Assessment
A. Draw a happy face if the sentence show good
characteristic of a healthful school and community
environment and a sad face If not.
1. Flexible spaces.
2. Clean with good air and water quality.

27
3. Dumping site in different areas.
4. Increase number of squatter area.
5. Healthful interpersonal relations.
B. Write C if the sentence describes a community and CH if it describe
a community health. Write your answer inside the box before each number.
1. A place where group of people share an environment.
2. It involves families living in a common place.
3. It includes the condition and actions of an individual.
4. The status of health of a group of people.
5. It promote, protect and preserve health.

Additional Activities

Describe the pictures in three words.

_______________________ ______________________

_______________________ ______________________

_______________________ ______________________

28
MR. MARK IAN I. NONATO DAES
GABAY SA MAGULANG
Ang gawaing pangkasanayan na ito ay ginawa ng mga guro sa Sangay ng mga
Paaralang Lungsod ng Valenzuela para sa asignaturang Edukasyong Pantahanan at
Pangkabuhayan. Layunin nito na matiyak na matutunan ng inyong anak ang mga
kinakailangang kasanayan ng pagkatuto sa nabanggit na asignatura.

Ang mga kasanayang nakapaloob sa mga gawaing ito ay hango sa Most


Essential Learning Competencies (MELCs) na itinakda ng Kagawaran ng Edukasyon.
Ang bawat aralin ay may mga angkop na pagsasanay upang malinang ang mga
kasanayan. Iminumungkahi na gabayan at hikayatin ang inyong mga anak na basahin ,
unawain at sagutan ang bawat gawain nang wasto.
Ang inyong suporta ay lubhang mahalaga.

GABAY SA MAG-AARAL
Bago simulan ang gawaing pangkasanayan, kailangang isantabi muna ang
lahat ng inyong iba pang gawain upang mabigyang pokus ang inyong gagawing pag-
aaral.

Sundin ang lahat ng panuntunang nakasaad sa bawat pahina ng modyul.

Isulat sa inyong kwaderno ang mahahalagang impormasyon tungkol sa aralin.

Nagpapayaman ng kaalaman ang gawaing ito dahil madali mong matatandaan ang mga
araling nalinang.

Gawin ang lahat ng mga pagsasanay na makikita.

Hayaan ang iyong tagapagdaloy o guro ang magsuri sa iyong mga kasagutan.

Pag-aralang mabuti ang naging katapusang pagsusulit upang malaman ang antas ng
iyong pagkatuto. Ito ang magiging batayan kung may kailanganin ka pang idagdag na
pagsasanay para lalong malinang ang aralin.

Lahat ng iyong natutunan ay gamitin sa pang araw-araw na gawain.

-aaral gamit ang modyul na ito.


TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION 6

GRADE VI (T.L.E) *HOME ECONOMICS

LESSON 9 MARKETING FINISHED HOUSEHOLD LINENS

Learning Competencies: Code TLE6 HE-0e 9 (Week 5)


1.5 Markets finished household linens in varied /creative ways
1.5.1 Packages product for sale creatively/artistically: prepares creative package and
uses materials using local resources, packages products artistically, and labels
packaged product
1.5.2 Computes costs, sales, and gains with pride
1.5.3 Uses technology in advertising products
1.5.4 Monitors and keeps record of production and sales

Lesson Objectives :
Compute costs, sales, and gains.
Monitor and keep record of production and sales.
Pack products artistically for sale.
Use technology in advertising products.
Market finished household linens in varied creative ways.

LE BE I F MED

If the business is registered, and has a business name, the owners may use the
business name for product labels. The business name may also be printed on the
packaging material to make it unique and distinct from other products being sold in the
market. Here are some ways to package household linens.

MARKETING FINISHED PRODUCTS

When you go to department stores with any member of your family to look for
household linens that you need, do you notice how they are presented? What catches your
attention that makes you decide to buy these?

Marketing finished products such as household linens is all about communicating the
value of a product to customers or consumers for the purpose of promoting or selling it. It is
everything you do to make your product known to customers and encourage them to choose
and buy it. Marketing includes packaging and labeling the product for sale creatively and
artistically, and displaying them nicely on the shelf of your store to attract more customers and
consumers.
The household linens you have sewn yourself could be displayed and sold in the market
if they are good quality. There are various ways of reaching out to the market and selling your
products. These include the following:

1. Direct selling or person-to-person selling.


2. Organizing promotional events where you can tell the products directly to potential
customers
3. Online selling with various marketing strategies such as online marketing
Marketing Finished Household Linens:

How do you market household linens? What should you do to make them known in the
market? What will you do to make them saleable? Here are some ways:

1. Packaging the Products


Products like household linens need to be packaged before selling. Packaging them is
important for the following reasons, namely:
a. To protect from dirt, stains, scratches and from being disfigured which can
affect the quality of the product;
b. To make for easy transport because products are in the containers;
c. To help identify the products because the package contains the labels and
information about the product inside the package; and
d. To have product sales appeal because of an attractive, clean, neat and decent-
looking package can entice customers to look into the product which can be
the first step in buying the product.

Packages for household linens are usually made of transparent plastics with
cartons or thin cardboards inside to give support to the shape, size and folds of
the linens inside the plastics container. The container usually has a flap (an
extended plastic on top) containing adhesives along the edge of the flap which
when folded, seals the product containing adhesives along the edge of the flap
which when folded seals the product inside.

2. Advertising the Product Using Technology


Online advertising and online selling using the different websites such as olx.com,
Facebook, and Ayosdito.com are the most used technology today, using creative and attractive
packages and actual videos of the product that are appealing can easily invite online customers
to look into the product and satisfy their curiosity and interest.
Other ways of advertising are product display, distributing flyers, posters and brochures
direct to potential consumers or indirectly to stalls and stores where the product can be
displayed and sold in consignment basis.

3. Monitoring and Keeping Record of Sales and Production of the Product

This is keeping track of the whereabouts of your products. How many have been sold?
How many are in display? How many are in storage? How many have been produced?

To keep track of the status of the products, there is a need to make a regular inventory.
Do the inventory on a regular basis like a monthly inventory or a quarterly (every three
months), semi-annually or annually. The inventory gives a detailed description on the
household linens sold. How many have been sold, how many have been produced, how many
are in storage, what dates did production and sale take place for different household linens?
What was the amount of sale? Cost of production?

4. Computing Cost, Sales and Profit

Cost refers to expenses incurred in the production and operation of the business.
Production expenses include cost of materials; packaging (both raw and finished) and other
supplements that go into the production of the products. Operational expenses include labor,
utilities (i.e. electricity, water, internet, etc..) transportation, taxes, rentals repair and
maintenance of equipment, machines and building and other miscellaneous expenses.
In determining the selling price, add the cost of production and cost operation. Then
add to this, the markup price which represent your income. For example, cost of production
and cost of operation is 30.00 per table napkin, and sell it for 45.00. In 2 weeks you sold
fifty (50) pieces.
Use the formula to compute your income.
E = (A*B) - (B*C)
A is the selling price
B is the product cost
C is the number of unit sold
E is your Profit
Computation
E= ( 45 50) - ( 30 50)
E= 2,250 1500
E= 750.00 750.00
There are varied ways of marketing household linens products.
Websites can give information on different packaging styles/design.
Monitoring and keeping records production and sales are important in marketing. It will
inform you about which product, color, materials or size sold the most and least.
Marketing Includes packaging and labeling the product for sale creatively and artistically, and
displaying them nicely on the shelf of your store to attract more customers and consumers.

I. Direction: Word search: Encircle the word that you can find at the left side of the
search box.

Marketing
Products
Advertising
Packaging
Cost
Sales
Profit
Linen
Monitoring
Household

II. Direction: Draw your own advertising poster below to market your household
linens products.
Example:
I. Direction: Match column A to column B. Write the letter of the correct answer on
the blank provided before each number.

A B
____1. A process of designing, evaluating, and enclosing or A. Marketing
protecting products to avoid dirt, stain, scratches and
disfigured of products. B. Computing Cost, Sales and
____2. It is to keep track the status of your products, sales Profit
and expenses. Regular inventory is needed to know
the how many product produce and sold. C. Advertising the products
using technology
____ 3. Online advertising in different websites like
Facebook, olx.com and other social media sites
D. Packaging the products
____ 4. Determine the production and operation expenses to
know the monthly profit. E. Monitoring and keeping
Records of sales and
____ 5. Includes packaging and labeling the product for sale
production of the products.
creatively and artistically, and displaying them nicely
on the shelf of your store to attract more customers
and consumers.
ENHANCE YOUR SKILLS
I
II. Direction: Answer the following questions.
A. How do you compute for the costs, sales and gains for household linen
products?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________

B. Why it is very important to know the different ways in marketing finished products?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
C. What is the effect of advertising the product?
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION 6

GRADE VI (T.L.E) *HOME ECONOMICS

UNIT 3 - FOOD PRESERVATION

Content Standard:
Demonstrates an understanding of and skills in the basics of food preservation.

Performance Standard:
Preserve food/s using appropriate tools and materials and applying the basics of food.

LESSON 10: DIFFERENT WAYS OF FOOD PRESERVATION

Learning Competencies: Code: TLE 6 HE-0f-10 (Week 6)


1.1 Explains different ways of food preservation (drying, salting, freezing, and
processing)
1.1.1 Conducts an inventory of foods that can be preserved/processed using any of the
processes on food preservation
1.1.2 Discusses the processes in each of the food preservation/processing method
1.1.3 Explains the benefits derived from food preservation/processing

Lesson Objectives:
Define food preservation.
Identify the ways of food preservation.
Give examples of food preserved in different ways.
Conduct an inventory of foods that can be preserved using the processes on food
preservation.
Explain the benefits derived from food preservation.

For your information

In different times of the year, some foods are abundant especially fruits and
vegetables. Consequently, when these foods are not consumed, they get spoiled and
wasted. There are times when these foods are hard to find in the market and, thus,
they become expensive. Lack of food supply and wastage of excess foods are
problems that can be solved by food preservation.
What is Food Preservation?
Food preservation is the process of preparing food for future consumption by
preventing its spoilage. Food preservation is the answer to the problem of inadequate food
supply as well as the need for nutritious and palatable meals for the family.
The goal of food preservation is the prevention of spoilage. Delay in the use of fresh
foods alters its freshness, taste, and nutritive value. Spoiled food becomes unfit for use.
Correct food preservation techniques can prevent spoilage and retain the nutritive value,
natural color, and texture of the food. It is also very important to maintain the sanitation of
food.

Different Ways of Preserving Food:


Drying- This is the easiest and the most common method. The moisture content of
the food is :
A. Drying under the sun food is salted and placed under the sun.
B. Mechanical dryer uses artificial heated air with the use of a machine.
Example: tuyo, pork skin, monggo, shrimp

Salting Application of salt to the food to be preserved.


Example: bagoong, burong manga, burong mustasa, salted egg, fish sauce.

Freezing This is a quick and convenient way to preserve food such as meat,
poultry, and fish which are stored in the freezer until they are to be consumed.
Refrigeration- Food is kept at low temperature to prolong their freshness.
Example: eggs, milk, fruits, vegetables

Smoking This is a method in which food items such as cured meat or fish is
exposed to smoke not only to preserve them but also to add flavour and color.
Example: tinapa, tapa, longganisa

Curing This method is done by soaking or injecting meat with preservatives like
sugar, salt, and vinegar solution.
Example: longganisa, tocino, ham.

Pickling Adding pickling solution such as vinegar, salt, and sugar to vegetables
like grated green papaya, ginger, carrots, onion, and bell pepper.
Canning This is a method in which processed food is placed and sealed in airtight
cans.
Example: sardines, tomato sauce, pineapple sauce

Different Ways of Preserving Fruits


Sugar Preservation
Jam- the fruit is mashed and cooked with sugar
Jelly clear fruit juice cooked with sugar, which gelatinizes in cooking
Sterilization this process involves using heat to kill microorganisms and bacteria.
After sterilization, the food item must be stored properly to prolonged the shelf life of
up to several years.

You can also watch these processes in youtube:


Title:TLE 6 - H.E. Processes in Each of the Food Preservation (TLE6 HE-0f-10)
LINK: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fy40xDcgVjI
Owner: EZ Link

Correct food preservation techniques can prevent spoilage and retain the
nutritive value, natural color, and texture of the food.
LET S DO IT!!!
A. Direction: Find and encircle five words related to food preservation.
C L S M O K I N G P Q R U P Q P T S
A P P L A U P Q F K A F J I A L F A
S T E R I L I Z A T I O N C S M G L
S O O K S J L S R L S V K K D O H T
D U I J F R E E Z I N G L L F I T I
F R U H D N K Z T J Z C M I R U R N
G T Y G F M M X Y H E T N N T J E G
H R T I G B R E U G D Y O G Y M S P
N E R D N H D W I F C H P T U N W U
B W E S H G S D O D C U R I N G Y L
V R E F R I G E R A T I O N I B I H

B. Direction: Write the method used in preserving the following:


1. Tinapa ________________________
2. Longganisa ________________________
3. Canned milk ________________________
4. Tuyo ________________________
5. Bagoong ________________________

C. Direction: Write the correct answer on space provided.


_____________1. It is done by exposing the food under the heat of the sun.
_____________2. Process of preparing food for future consumption by preventing its
spoilage
_____________3. This is a method in which processed food is placed and sealed in airtight
cans.
_____________4. This method is done by soaking or injecting meat with preservatives like
sugar, salt, and vinegar solution.
_____________5. This is a quick and convenient way to preserve food such as meat, poultry,
and fish, which are stored in the freezer until they are to be consumed.

References:
G H.E. 6 .34-39
The Basics of a Better Family Living
Images:https://www.google.com/search?q=food+preservation+methods&source=lnms&tbm=
isch&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwj31auPva3pAhXQG6YKHRrKBKYQ_AUoAXoECBEQAw&bi
w=1366&bih=655#imgrc=MbNnDlgiUc5eUM
Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fy40xDcgVjI

12
TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION 6

GRADE VI (T.L.E) *HOME ECONOMICS

LESSON 12 TOOLS, UTENSILS AND EQUIPMENT AND THEIR


SUBSTITUTES IN FOOD PRESERVATION

Learning Competencies: CODE TLE6HE-0g-11 (Week 7)


1.1 Uses the tools/utensils and equipment and their substitutes in food
preservation/processing
1.1.1 Identifies the tools/utensils and equipment
1.1.2 Prepares plan on preserving/processing food

Lesson Objectives
Identify the tools, utensils and equipment in food preservation
Prepare plan on preserving/processing food
Use tools and equipment used in food processing
Discuss the guidelines in food processing

Aside from the usual kitchen and baking utensils, there are other tools appropriate
to be used for food preservation and processing.
When preserving and processing foods, we need to use the right
tools and utensils. Using them help to do the food preservation process easier and safer.
Some of the basic tools and utensils used for food preservation and processing are the
following:
1. Apple corer used to take off the core and pips from apple and other fruits.
2. Baster used to drizzle juice or liquid on meat.
3. Basting brush used for spreading juice or liquid on the meat so it does not
dry and its flavorful.
4. Bowl used to serve or to mix ingredients.
5. Cheesecloth used for making wrapping cheese.
6. Containers comes in different sizes and types like plastic bins with airtight
lid, ceramic bowls with plastic lids, glass jars are needed to store food.
7. Colander – used for draining liquid from food.
8. Meat grinder – used to mince and puree meat.
9. Melon baller – used to make balls from melon and other fruits.
LET S REMEMBER
It is necessary
10. to follow
Sieve the guidelines
– used in food
to sift and preservations to prevent spoilage.
strain.
LET S DO TOGETHER
I. Direction: Match column A with column B. Write a big check ( ) in the correct
picture.
A B
1. Apple corer

2. Baster

3. Basting brush

4. Bowl

5. Cheesecloth

6. Containers

7. Colander

8. Meat grinder

9. Melon baller

10.Sieve
III. Direction: Identify the tool or utensil described below. Write the letter of the
correct answer on the line.
1. _________ - used to take off the core and pipis from apple and other fruits
2. _________ - used to drizzle juice or suck up liquid on meat
3. _________ - used for spreading juice or liquid on meat so it does not dry up and is
flavorful
4. _________ - used to serve or mix ingredients in
5. _________ - used for making and wrapping cheese
6. _________ - used to store food and may have different sizes and types like plastic bins
with airtight lids, ceramic bowls with plastic lids, and glass jars
7. _________ - used for draining liquid from food
8. _________ - used to mince and puree meat
9. _________ - used to make balls from melon and other fruits
10. _________- used to sift and strain dry and wet ingredients

A. Cheesecloth F. Sieve

B. Apple corer G. Containers

C. Melon baller H. Baster

D.. Basting brush I. Bowl

E. Meat grinder J. Colander

IV. Direction: Fill in the correct tool/utensil or equipment used in food


preservation/processing in each situation below. Write your answer on the blank.

1. Aling Nena cooked bagoong to sell in the market. She put it in the glass
_________________.
2. Mang Ruben is a barbeque vendor. He use a ____________________ to spread the oil and
sauce on meat.
3. Mother wants to make a homemade cheese. She gets a _____________________ to remove
whey from cheese curds and to help hold the curds together as the cheese is formed.
4. Billy is making a fruit salad. He will take off the core and pips from the apple and other
fruits that is why he takes _____________________ from the cabinet.
5. We were asked by our TLE teacher to cook atsara in school. I was assigned to bring a big
______________ to mix all the ingredients.
6. Before storing the meat on fridge, Mrs. Reyes makes sure that it is strained well using a
___________________.
7. L .
___________________ to mince and puree the meat.
8. The chef assured that the excess oil from the roasted meat was sucked up using a
_______________ before giving it to the costumers.
9. J .
break up clumps in dry ingredients and to separate suspended solids from wet ingredients.
10. We created the best presentation of watermelon fruit using ________________________
during the Nutrition Month celebration in our school.

Reference: TLE 6 LM, www.google.com


TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION 6

GRADE VI (T.L.E) *HOME ECONOMICS

LESSON 13- PRESERVE FOOD APPLYING PRINCIPLES AND SKILLS IN FOOD


PRESERVATION

Learning Competencies: Code TLE6HE-0h-12 (Week 8)


3.3 Preserves food applying principles and skills in food preservation processing
3.3.1 Selects food to be preserved/processed based on availability of raw materials,
market demands, and trends in the community
3.3.2 Observes safety rules in food preservation/processing

Lesson Objectives:
Select food to be preserved based on the availability of raw materials, market
demands, and trends in the community, observe healthy and safety rules in food
preservation.

LET S BE INFORMED:
Food supply is not available at all times. There are times when food is
plentiful and can be bought fresh or newly cooked. However, there are times, too, when
available food supply is not enough for families in the community. To have available food
when food supply is not enough, excess food should be preserved. Food preservation prevents
food from spoiling. Fruits, vegetables, fish, meat, and eggs can be preserved for future
consumption.
This lesson will discuss the principles and skills in food preservation
processing. The lesson has a major part in helping students to preserve food in following correct
principles and applying appropriate skills.

REMEMBER:
The success of good food preservation starts with the
proper selection of ingredients. Ingredients should be as much
as possible of the best quality to ensure best quality products.
LE DO OGE HE !

A. Direction: Write the characteristic of the following food found in the table below.

FRUITS EGGS VEGETABLES MEAT FISH

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

Bright in color Have pleasing aroma

Shell is slightly rough Pork meat Is pinkish in color

Fats are well distributed Leaves and stem are crisp

Shiny and tight scales Yolk stands firm


Right degree of maturity needed for a
Bright red gills
particular recipe
B. Direction: Write check (/) if the statement is correct and cross (X) if it is wrong.
____1. Every working area should have enough space to work on to avoid accidents
while working.
____2. Working tables or surfaces should be high enough, flat, and smooth for the
homemaker to work on.
____3. Do not keep and return tools in their proper places after using them.
____4. Remember to wash hands thoroughly before preparing and cooking food.
____5. The working area should be provided with enough cleaning materials such as
soap detergent, dishcloth or sponges, soap dish and basin.
____6. Avoid daily cleaning as well as weekly chores in the kitchen should be done
religiously to keep the place free from household pest.
____7. Never select tools for their quality and durability and the type that will serve the
family needs best.
____8. Clean as you work and work as you clean.
____9. Avoid piling of dishes and garbage in the sink.
____10. Leave the kitchen untidy and unorganized at the end of the day.
C. Direction: Draw a star ( ) if the practice shows proper way of food preservation and
circle (O) if not.

PRACTICES ( ) or (O)

1. 1. Fruits and vegetables in season are the


best buy for making preserves.
2. 2. Make it a habit to compare prices of one
item from different stores to know which
offers the lowest price.
3. 3. Make preserves only when the
ingredients are locally available in your
community.
4. 4. Assist your mother in her cooking. You
will learn while you help.
5. 5. View films, videos, and TV programs
on cooking demos.
6. 6. Know the quality of fruits, vegetables,
fish and meat as you see them.
7. 7. Collect recipes on your food preserves.
This gives you plenty of recipes to choose
from.
8. 8. Experiment on one recipe until you
perfect it.
9. 9. Learn to interpret and follow a recipe.
10. 10. Master the preparation of one recipe
that you can make into a business in the
future.

References:

Internet:
https://www.iemoji.com/view/emoji/1853/smileys-people/thinking-face
https://www.pngitem.com/middle/woiTw_blushing-emoji-clipart-backgroundless-
emoticons-para-lets-go/
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mz2x5zWH35Q

Books:
Guinea, S.V., Emen, R.R., Sotoya, M.G.G., (2016). Technology and Livelihood
Education (Grade 6), pp. 167-175
David-Basbas, L., PhD, (2017). Learning and Living in the 21st Century: Worktext
in Home economics and Livelihood Education (Grade 6), pp. 230-238
KEY TO CORRECTIONS for T.L.E 6

Learning Competencies: Code TLE6 HE-0e 9 (Week 5)

I. Word search: Encircle the word your will find below.

III. Draw your own advertising poster below to market your household linens
products.
CRITERIA Points
Content (Advertising
contained little valuable
8
information about the
product)
Use of Creativity
(Appealing advertising 7
design
Total 15
I. A. Matching Type: Match column A to column B. write the letter of the correct
answer on the blank below before each number.
1. d
2. e
3. c
4. b
5. a
II. Answer the following question.

A. To compute the costs, sales and gains of the products, we can used this formula to
compute your income.
E = (A*B)- (B*C)
A is the selling price
B is the product cost
C is the number of unit sold
E is your Profit

30
B. The importance of different ways of marketing the finished products is for the satisfaction
consumers/costumers and to give. (Answer may vary )

C. It helps to make consumers aware of a product and aims to build preference for that product
over its competitors. If advertising succeeds in those two tasks, consumers will choose the
advertised product when they make their next purchase. (Answer may vary )

Learning Competencies: Code: TLE 6 HE-0f-10 (Week 6)

C. Circle five words that are related to food preservation.

C L S M O K I N G P Q R U P Q P T S
A P P L A U P Q F K A F J I A L F A
S T E R I L I Z A T I O N C S M G L
S O O K S J L S R L S V K K D O H T
D U I J F R E E Z I N G L L F I T I
F R U H D N K Z T J Z C M I R U R N
G T Y G F M M X Y H E T N N T J E G
H R T I G B R E U G D Y O G Y M S P
N E R D N H D W I F C H P T U N W U
B W E S H G S D O D C U R I N G Y L
V R E F R I G E R A T I O N I B I H

1. SMOKING
2. FREEZING
3.REFRIGERATION
4. STERILIZATION
5. SALTING
OTHER ANSWERS:
-CURING
-PICKLING
-DRYING
D. Write the method used in preserving the following.
6. SMOKING
7. CURING
8. CANNING
9. DRYING
10. SALTING
E. Fill in the blanks with the correct answer.
1. DRYING
2. FOOD PRESERVATION
3. CANNING
4. CURING
5. REFRIGERATION
Learning Competencies: CODE TLE6HE-0g-11 (Week 7)

I. Read each name of the tool or utensil in column A. Then, identify its correct picture
in column B. Put a big check ( ) on the correct picture.

1. 6.

2. 7.

3. 8.

4. 9.

5. 10.

II. Identify the correct tool or utensil being described as its use in each item below.
Write only the letter of the correct answer on the line.
1. B
2. H
3. D
4. I
5. A
6. G
7. J
8. E
9. C
10. F

III. Fill in the correct tool/utensil or equipment used in food preservation/processing in


each situation below. Write your answer on the blank.
1. Container
2. Basting brush
3. Cheese cloth
4. Apple corer
5. Bowl
6. Colander
7. Meat grinder
8. Baster
9. Sieve
10. Melon baller
Learning Competencies: Code TLE6HE-0h-12 (Week 8)

A. Classify the following characteristics using the table. Select your answer in the box below.

1. Bright in color
2. Have pleasing aroma
3. Shell is slightly rough
4. Yolk stands firm
5. Right degree of maturity needed for a particular recipe
6. Leaves and stem are crisp
7. Fats are well distributed
8. Pork meat Is pinkish in color
9. Shiny and tight scales
10. Bright red gills

B.Put a check mark (/) if the statement is correct and put a cross mark (X) if it is not.

1.
2.
3. X
4.
5.
6. X
7. X
8.
9.
10. X

C.Draw a star ( ) if you practice it, and a circle (O) if not.


(Answers may vary.)

Learning Competency: Code TLE6HE-0i 13 (Week 9)

A. What should I Choose? Encircle it from among the choices after the following situations.

1. Green unripe papaya


2. Yellow ripe saba banana
3. Apron and hairnet
4. Recipe
5. Weighing scale

B. Identify the following statement. if it is correct, put a , if it is wrong, put an .

1. X
2.
3.
4. X
5. X
6
EDUKASYON
SA
PAGPAPAKATAO
Learners’ Packet

Bumuo sa Pagsusulat ng Modyul

Manunulat: MARY GRACE L. DIAZ


REBECCA R. REVADILLO
Content Editor: Lolita P. Gomez
Language Editor: Rosalie Carlos/Ma. Lorena Z. Dela Cruz
Tagasuri: Edna A. Prudente
Tagaguhit: Georgina Mae G. Lagamayo/Editha T. Honradez
Tagalapat: Lolita P. Gomez
Tagapamahala: Malcom S. Garma, Director IV
Genia V. Santos, CLMD chief
Dennis M. Mendoza, Regional EPS In-charge of LRMS
Micah S. Pacheco, Regional ADM Coordinator
Filmore R. Caballero, CID Chief
Jean A. Tropel, Division EPS In-charge of LRMS
Jean A. Tropel, Division ADM Coordinator

Inilimbag sa Pilipinas ng _______________________________________


Department of Education – National Capital Region
Office Address: Misamis St., Bantay, Quezon City
Telefax: 02-292-153
E-mail Address: depedncr@deped.gov.ph
Mga Nilalaman

Yunit II:
Aralin 1:
Pagtupad sa Pangako
Pagkilala sa kahalagahan ng pagiging matapat sa pangako …………… 4

Aralin 2:
Mabuting Kaibigan
Pagkilala sa kahalagahan ng pagiging mabuting kaibigan …………… 9

Aralin 3:
Katapatan sa Kapwa
Pagkilala sa kahalagahan ng pagiging matapat …………… 14

Aralin 4:
Paggalang sa Ideya o Suhestiyon ng Kapwa
Ideya mo, Igagalang Ko! …………… 19

Paunang Salita
para sa mga Guro at mga Magulang

Ang Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao ”Learning Packet” ay naglalayong


hubugin ang mga kabataan sa mga pagpapahalagang makatutulong upang
mapagbuti ang kanilang mga katangian at aktibong makaambag sa pagtibay
ng bansa. Dinisenyo ang” Learning Packet” para sa mga mag-aaral sa 6 na
antas (mula Baitang 1 hanggang Baitang 6) Ang mga Aralin at Pagsasanay
nang paghubog ng kaalaman ay nakabatay sa Most Essential Learning
Competencies With Corresponding CG Codes/suggested LRs na pinagtibay ng
Pamunuan sa Kagawaran ng Edukasyon kabilang ang mga paksa na
makatutulong sa paghubog ang kanilang pagkatuto.

Ito ay may kinalaman sa paghubog ng pagkatao: sa konseptong


maipamamalas ang pag-unawa sa kahalagahan ng pagkakaroon ng
katatagan ng loob, mapanuring pag-iisip, pagkamatiyaga, pagkamapagtiis,
pagkabukas-isip, pagkamahinahon, at pagmamahal sa katotohanan na
mapapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay bilang kasapi ng pamilya.

Bilang mga bata, nangangailangan sila ng patnubay at direksiyon,


habang dinaranas ang proseso ng pagninilay sa pagpapahalagang ito.

Inaasahan namin na mauunawaan at matutuhan ninyo ang mga araling


nakapaloob sa learning packet na ito.
“Anuman ang Sitwasyon, Tuloy ang Edukasyon”
Learning Competency Code: EsP6P-lla-c-30
Naipapakita ang kahalagahan ng pagiging responsible sa kapwa:
4.1 pangako o pinagkasunduan

Yunit II
Aralin 1: Unang Linggo

Paksa: Kahalagahan sa pagiging Matapat sa Pangako

Gabay sa mga Magulang

Inaasahan ng may-akda ang pakikibahagi ng magulang upang marating ng mga mag-aaral


ang higit na pagkaunawa ukol sa pagpapahalaga sa pangakong binitiwan. Layunin ng modyul na
ito na hikayatin ang mga magulang na magkaroon ng pagkakataong masubaybayan ang pag-aaral
ng mga anak. Higit lalo sa sitwasyong new normal.

Gabay sa mga Mag-aaral

Ang modyul na ito ay binuo upang matutuhan ng mga mag-aaral na nasa Ikaanim na
baitang ang kahalagahan ng pagiging matapat sa binitiwang pangako. Bilang isang mag-aaral
mahalagang maunawaan nila na hindi lamang ang kanilang sarili ang dapat nilang pahalagahan
kundi ang damdamin at kapakanan ng ibang tao. Napakahalaga na sa kabila ng ating sitwasyong
kinalalagyan ay matutuhan nating pahalagahan ang ating kapwa sa pamamagitan ng pagtupad sa
ating mga ipinangako sa kanila upang kung dumating ang panahon na tayo naman ang
mangailangan sa kanila ay hindi nila tayo pababayaan.

PAG-ISIPAN

Ayusin ang mga letra upang mabuo ang salitang binibigyang turing sa pangungusap.
Isulat sa patlang ang wastong sagot.

__________________ 1. OKAPAGN= salitang binitiwan na kailangang bigayang katuparan.


__________________ 2. SDOYI = pinakamakapangyarihang lumikha ng langit at lupa at lahat ng
nilalang.
__________________ 3. UTIMAB = kasalungat ng masama.
__________________ 4. LIGAT = uri ng emosyon na nararamdaman ng isang tao lalo kapag hindi
tinupad ang pangakong binitiwan.
__________________ 5. SANAKALAN= mga sinadya o paulit-ulit na pagkakamali na labag sa kautusan
ng Diyos.

Pagganyak na Tanong:

1. Sino sa inyo ang nakahawak at nakapagbasa na ng mga talata sa Bibliya?


2. Mahalaga bang tumupad sa pangakong binitiwan?

Basahin ang maikling talata mula sa Bibliya at sagutin ang mga sumusunod na tanong.
Mangangaral 5: 4-6

Mga talata sa Bibliya:

4
Kung mangangako ka sa Diyos, tuparin ito agad; hindi siya nalulugod sa taong hindi tumutupad
sa pangako. Kaya tuparin mo ang iyong pangako sa Kanya. 5 Mabuti pang huwag ka nang
mangako kaysa mangangako at hindi mo tutuparin. 6 Huwag mong pabayaang magkasala ka dahil
sa iyong pananalita, mangangako ka at pagkatapos ay babawiin mo. Sa ganyan galit na galit ang
Diyos. Kung magkagayon, hindi ka niya pagpapalain sa anumang iyong ginagawa.

Sagutin ang mga Tanong:

1. Tungkol saan ang mga talatang binasa sa Bibliya?


2. Kanino daw galit na galit ang Diyos?
3. Kapag ikaw daw ay nanagako ano ang dapat mong gawin?
4. Ano daw ang maaaring maranasan ng taong hindi marunong sumunod sa pangako?
5. Ikaw ba ay tumutupad sa pangako? Magbigay ng isang sitwasyon.

SURIIN ANG SARILI

Ang pagtupad sa ipinangako at pagkakaroon ng malasakit sa kapwa ay mga ugaling hangad natin
na taglay ng bawat taong makakasalamuha natin. Ito ay dahil alam natin na ang pagtatagal at
ikagaganda ng bawat ugnayan o samahan ay nakasalalay sa tiwala at pagpapahalaga sa kapwa anuman
ang kanyang katayuan sa buhay.

Bilang isang tao napakahalaga na makilala natin ang ating sarili lalo na nasa panahon tayo ng
pandemya at limitado ang maaari nating gawin. Sa pananatili natin sa ating mga tahanan lalong
nasusubok ang ating pakikipagkapwa – tao.

Pagsasanay

A. Sa pamamagitan ng isang Graphic Organizer, itala ang iyong mga pangako na gagawin sa bawat
miyembro ng iyong pamilya upang maiparamdam sa kanila ang iyong pagmamahal at pagmamalasakit
gayundin sa iyong sarili.

Tatay Nanay Kuya Ate


B. Suriin mo ang iyong sarili sa pamamagitan ng paglalagay ng tsek ( ⁄) sa angkop na hanay.

Sukatan Hindi Minsan Palagi


1 2 3
1. Hinihintay kong dumating ang ibang miyembro ng
aking pamilya bago ako kumain ng hapunan.

2. Tinitirhan ko ng pagkain ang sinumang miyembro ng


pamilya na gabing – gabi ng kung umuwi.

3. Sinisigurado kong nakasarado ang pintuan ng aming


bahay bago kami matulog.

4. Tumutulong ako sa mga gawaing – bahay.

5. Pinapakain ko ang nakababata kong kapatid kapag


madaming ginagawa si nanay.

Malayang
Pagtuklas
A. Basahin at unawain ang maikling tula.

Iabot ang Kamay

Iabot ang kamay sa iyong kapitbahay,


sa oras na kailangan ng saklolo, ika’y gumabay.
Daan ito sa mapayapang pamumuhay,
pagkakaisang dadalhin mo habambuhay.

Iabot ang kamay sa iyong kaibigan,


sa panahon ng suliranin kayo’y laging magtulugan.
Ipakita ang suporta saanman, kailanman,
upang magtagal at lalong tumibay ang samahan.

Iabot ang kamay kahit di mo kakilala,


walang pinipili ang pagpapakita nang maganda.
Matagal mang kilala o bago lang sa ‘yong mata,
‘wag kalimutang sila rin ay mayroong halaga.

Iabot ang kamay kahit kanino sa iyong kapuwa,


ito ang susi sa damdaming payapa at maligaya.
Balang araw kung ikaw naman ang mangailanagn ng ayuda,
ay siguradong kabutihan sa iyo ri’y ipadarama.

Panitikan.com.ph.

Panuto:
Sagutin sa iyong kwaderno ang sumusunod na mga tanong.

1. Tungkol saan ang tulang iyong binasa?

2. Kani- kanino mo dapat iabot ang iyong kamay?


3. Bakit kailangang tulungan kahit hindi mo kakilala?

4. Ano ang susi upang ikaw ay magkaroon ng damdaming maligaya at mapayapa?

5. Sa kabuuan ng tula ano ang aral na iyong nakuha.

B. Magtala sa puso ng mga dapat gawin ng isang taong magbibitiw ng pangako. Sa bilohaba naman itala
ang posibleng epekto ng hindi pagtupad sa pangako.

TANDAAN

Tayo ay itinuturing na matapat kapag lagi nating tinutupad ang ating mga pangako. Ito ay
dahil naniniwala at nagtitiwala ang iba sa kung anoman ang ating sasabihin ay totoo at ating
ginagawa. Ito ay nagiging daan tungo sa maayos na ugnayan sa ating kapwa.

Kapag nagiging kilala tayo dahil sa ating isang salita, ipinagkakatiwala sa atin ng iba ang mas
mabibigat na tungkulin. Itinuturing tayo bilang taong tumutupad sa ating pangako. Kung kaya naman,
pinakikinggan tayo sa kung anoman ang ating sasabihin. Hindi tayo pinagdududahan, kundi
kinikilala na taong may integridad at dangal dahil marunong tayong makipag – kapwa.

MAGPASIYA AT KUMILOS

Lagyan ng masayang mukha ☺ang patlang kung ito ay nagpapakita ng pagtupad ng


pangako at lagyan ng malungkot na mukha ☹ kapag ito ay nagpapakita ng hindi pagtupad sa
pangako.

__________1. Nangako ka sa iyong nanay na hindi ka lalabas ng inyong tahanan dahil ito ay
ipinagbabawal subalit sa pag - alis ng iyong ina ay kaagad kang nagpunta sa iyong kaibigan.
__________2. Isinasaoli mo sa takdang oras ang mga bagay na iyong hinihiram sa iyong kapatid.
__________3. Pinagsabihan ka ng tatay mong itabi lagi ang iyong mga laruan at damit pagkatapos gamitin
pero iniuutos mo ito sa nakababata mong kapatid.
__________4. Sinabihan ka ng iyong guro na magbasa ng iyong mga aralin upang kapag nag virtual class
kayo ay mayroon kang maisasagot. Subalit sa halip na mag -aral ay naglaro ka ng online games.
__________5. Ginagawa mo ng tama ang mga gawaing bahay na naiatang sa iyo.
PAGTATAYA

A. Piliin ang tamang asal mula sa kahon at isulat ang titik ng wastong sagot sa patlang.

A. Pagtupad sa pangako B. Pakikipag kaibigan

_____1. Ito ay ang kakayahang magkaroon ng isang salita sa pagiging kilala na gumaganap ng mga
tungkulin sa takdang oras.
_____2. Nabalitaan mo na may sakit ang iyong kaibigan subalit hindi mo naman siya pwedeng puntahan
kaya pinadadalhan mo nalang siya ng magagandang mensahe sa kanyang messenger.
_____3. Nalaman mo na ang dati mong kaklase ay kaklase mo din ngayong at siya malapit sa inyong
tahanan. Nagkataon na walang sariling gadget ang iyong kaibigan kaya siya ay hindi nakaka join sa inyonh group
chat. Ipinagpaalam mo sya sa kanyang ina na kung maaari ay payagan siya makalipat sa inyong bahay paminsan
minsan upang makasali din siya sa inyong talakayan.
_____4. Sinabihan ka ng iyong ina na gagamitin mo lamang ang iyong gadget kapag kinakailangan at ito
ay iyong tinutupad.
_____5. Hindi mo nakakalimutang batiin ang iyong mga kaibigan sa araw ng kanilang kaarawan.

B. Buuin ang pangungusap sa pamamagitan ng paglalagay ng angkop na asal o ugali.

1. Ang pagkakaroon ng pagkaawa at pakikiramay sa mga biktima ng karahasan ng COVID-19 ay


______________
pagtupad sa pangako pagkamahabagin pagkamagalang
2. Kapag nakita natin ang isang pulitiko na tumutupad sa kanyang mga ipinangako sa kanyang mga
kababayan ito ay nagpapakita ng _____________
pagiging mahabagin pagiging matapat pagiging mahinahon
3. Ito ay kakayahang tuparin ang mga pangako __________________
Integridad paggalang pagkamahabagin
4. Ang pagpapasa ng takdang aralin sa takdang oras ay _________________
pagtupad sa pangako pagiging responsable pagiging magalang
5. Ang pagsabi ng “condolence” sa kaibigang namatayan ay ________________
pagtatapat pakikiramay pagkakawang – gawa

KARAGDAGANG GAWAIN
Gumuhit ng larawan na nagpapakita ng pagtupad sa pangako. Gawin ito sa malinis na papel.
Learning Competency Code: EsP6P-lla-c-30
Naipapakita ang kahalagahan ng pagiging responsible sa kapwa:
4.2 pagpapanatili ng mabuting pakikipagkaibigan

Yunit II
Aralin 2: Unang Linggo

Paksa: Kahalagahan ng pagiging mabuting kaibigan

Gabay sa mga Magulang

Inaasahan na sa pamamagitan ng modyul na ito ay patuloy na mga bayan ng mga magulang


ang kanilang mga anak upang lubos nilang maunawaan ang kahalagahan ng pakikipagkapwa – tao
sa pamamagitan ng maayos na pakikitungo kahit nasa panahon tayo ng pandemya. Malaki ang
gampanin ng magulang upang mahubog ang kaisipan ng mga mag-aaral na magkaroon ng tunay
na malasakit sa kapwa at maipamalas ang mabuting pakikipag- kaibigan.

Gabay sa mga Mag-aaral

Ang modyul na ito ay binuo upang matutuhan ng mga mag-aaral na nasa ikaanim na
baitang ang kahalagahan ng pagiging responsible sa kapwa. Bilang isang mag-aaral mahalagang
maunawaan nila na hindi lamang ang kanilang sarili ang dapat nilang pahalagahan kundi ang
damdamin at kapakanan ng kanilang kaibigan. Napakahalaga na sa panahon na hindi natin
nakakasama ang ating mga kaibigan ay binibigyan pa rin natin sila ng oras upang kamustahin at
alamin ang kanilang kalagayan sa panahong ito. Upang makatugon sa pangangailangan na
mahubog ng tama ang pagkatao ng isang mag-aaral sa panahon ng pandemya ginawa ang iba’t
ibang mga aralin upang matulungan ang mga mag-aaral na lubos na maunawaan ang kahalagahan
ng pagkakaroon ng kaibigan at pagkakaroon ng tamang ugnayan sa kanila.

PAG-ISIPAN

Ayusin ang mga jumbled letters upang mabuo ang mga salita na maglalarawan sa isang mabuting
kaibigan.
PAMTAAT
__________1. Ito ay nagpapakita na pwede mong maasahan ang kanyang ipinangako.

LAYMAMASKTIA
__________2. Ito ay agarang pagtugon sa isang taong nangangailangan ng tulong.

AKMAGAPKATWALAINA
__________3. Katangian ng isang tao na pwede mo siyang masabihan ng sekreto.

MASAAHANA
__________4. Nariyan sya sa oras ng iyong pangangailangan.
TAMLUNIGUN
__________5. Handa ka niyang damayan sa iyong pangangailangan.

Pagganyak na Tanong:

1. Sino sa inyo ang may mga kaibigan?


2. Naranasan mo na bang sumagip ng kaibigan? Napatunayan mo na ba ang pagiging mabuti mong
kaibigan?

Basahin at unawain ang maikling kwento.

Ang Dakilang Kaibigan

Dalawang magkaibigang sundalo ang nagkahiwalay nang sabihin ng kanilang kapitan na


uurong sila sa laban. Sila ay sina Arman at Mando. Napakarami ng kaaway at wala silang kalaban-
laban. Maaari silang mapatay lahat kung hindi uurong. Pagdating sa kanilang kampo, natuklasan
ni Arman na wala si Mando. Nag-alala siya para sa kaibigan. May usapan pa naman sila na walang
iwanan. Lumapit siya sa kanilang kapitan para magpaalam.
“Babalikan ko po si Mando, Kapitan baka nasa pook pa siya ng labanan.”“Hindi maaari,”
sabi ng kapitan. “Ayokong ipakipagsapalaran ang buhay mo sa isang taong maaaring patay
na.”Alam ni Arman na mapanganib ang magbalik sa lugar ng labanan kaya ayaw siyang payagan.
Nang gumabi ay tumakas siya sa kanilang kampo. Gusto niyang balikan ang kanyang kaibigan.
Hindi siya matatahimik hangga’t hindi niya ito nakikita. Kung namatay ito sa labanan makita man
lang niya ang bangkay at mapanatag na siya. Nang magbalik si Arman sa kanilang kampo ay
sugatan siya. Marami siyang sinuong na panganib. Galit na sinalubong siya ng kapitan.“Sabi ko
na sa iyo na patay na ang kaibigan mo. Ngayon, malamang na mamatay ka na rin dahil sa mga
sugat mo. Ano ang halaga ng ginawa mo, sabihin mo nga?” galit na tanong ng kapitan.“Kapitan,
buhay pa ang aking kaibigan nang abutan ko siya. Bago siya nalagutan ng hininga sa aking
kandungan, naibulong pa niya sa akin, utol, alam kong babalikan mo ako.”Parang napahiya ang
kapitan. Hindi na siya nakipagtalo pa agad niyang ipinagamot si Arman sa mga kasamahan nila.
Naglakad-lakad siya sa paligid ng kampo nang gabing iyon. Hindi siya makatulog. Naiisip niya
ang kanyang kaibigan sa kanyang pangkat. Tulad ng kaibigan ni Arman, hindi rin ito nakabalik sa
kampo nang sila’y umurong. At hindi niya ito binalikan para hanapin.

Pinoy Collection

Panuto: Sagutin ang mga sumusunod na tanong:

1. Sino- sino ang matalik na magkaibigan sa kwento?


2. Ano ang kanilang propesyon?
3. Paano ipinakita ni Arman ang kanyang pagpapahalaga kay Mando?
4. Bakit naging panatag ang loob ni Arman?
5. Anong aral ang napulot ng kapitan nina Mando at Arman sa kanilang pagiging magkaibigan?

SURIIN ANG SARILI

Ang pakikipagkaibigan ay isa sa natatanging katangian ng mga Pilipino. Saanman o kailanaman


ay madaling makibagay, mahusay makisama, at magaling makipagkapwa ang mga Pilipino.
Sa pakikipag – uganayan itinuturing natin ang ating kapwa na hindi na iba sa atin. May
pagkakataon na kapatid o mas higit pa sa kapatid ang turing natin sa kanila. Pinagkakatiwalaan natin sila
ng ating sikreto o saloobin. Sila ay tinatawag nating mga kaibigan. Ang ating mga kaibigan ay may mas
malalim na ugnayan sa atin, kahit dumarating ang pagkakataon na hindi palagian ang inyong
komunikasyon. Alam ninyo na kapag dumating ang oras na kailangan mo siya at kailangan ka niya pwede
ninyong takbuhan ang isa’t isa.
Ang pakikipagkapwa ay palaging may kaakibat na paggalang upang magtagal at manatili ang
ating ugnayan sa kanila.

Pagsasanay

A. Isa- isahin ang mga katangian na nabanggit sa itaas. Ilagay sa graphic organizer ang mga ugali ng
isang mabuting kaibigan.

Katangian ng isang mabuting


Kaibigan

B. Basahin ang mga pangungusap. Lagyan ng ang mga pangungusap na nagpapakita ng mabuting
pakikipag kaibigan.

_______1. Napansin mo na hindi kumakain ng lunch ang iyong kaibigan. Naisipan mong pakiusapan
ang iyong ina na dagdagan niya ang baon mo upang maibahagi mo ito sa iyong kaibigan.
_______2. Nalaman mo sa iyong ina na ang isa mong kaklase ay ampon lamang ng kanyang
kinikilalang magulang kaya agad mo itong ipinamalita sa inyong paaralan.
_______3. Nakita mo ang dati mong kalaro na nangangalakal sa loteng malapit sa iyong tinitirahan.
Kaagad mo siyang nilapitan at inanyayahan sa iyong tahanan upang pakiinin at painumin.
_______4. Nabalitaan mo na namatay ang tatay ng iyong kaibigan subalit hindi ka naman maaring
lumabas upang makiramay kaya pinakiusapan mo ang iyong nanay na kung pwede ay siya na lamang
ang pumunta sa bahay ng iyong kaibigan upang makiramay.
_______5. Ngayon ay kaarawan ng iyong kaibigan subalit naisip mo na hindi ka niya niregaluhan noong
nakaraan mong kaarawan kaya hindi mo nalang siya babatiin at kunwari ay hindi mo ito naalala.

Malayang
Pagtuklas
A. Bigkasin ang tula nang may damdamin at pagkatapos ay sagutan ang sumusunod na tanong.

Tayong Dalawa
Akda ni: MG Diaz

Sa mundong iyong ginagalawan, na puno ng suliranin at bagabag

Hindi ka dapat mabahala, ako ang iyong natatanging kalasag.


Mabuting samahan nati’y di kailanman matitibag

Sapagkat pinanday ito ng panahon at pinatatag.

Sa pagluha o pagtawa, sa dilim o liwanag

Ng dahil sa panlalabo ng mata’y hindi na halos makaaninag

Sa pagkadapa o pagbangon, Sa kabiguan man o tagumpay

Lahat ng ito’y balewala lalo na kung tayo’y sisigaw nang walang humpay.

Pakatandaan mo kaibigan ko, andito ako

Patuloy na naghihintay na makasama mo.

Sabay nating muling kulayan ang mundo

Kahit ang totoo ikaw ay nasa kabilang ibayo.

Panuto: Sagutin ang sumusunod na tanong:

1. Ano ang paksa ng tula?


2. Sa ano-anong sitwasyon nanatiling magkaramay ang magkaibigan?
3. Mahalaga ba ang magkakaroon ng kaibigan? Pangatwiranan

B. Itala sa loob ng parihaba ang pangalan ng iyong mga kaibigan. Sa labas ng kahon itala naman ang mga
pangalan ng nais mong maging kaibigan.

TANDAAN

Bawat isa sa atin ay nangangailangan ng kalinga, pakikisalamuha o pag-aalaga ng pamilya,


kaibigan, kapitbahay, kababayan at iba pa. At dahil kailangan natin ang ibang tao, hindi kataka- taka na
isipin din natin na mapasaayos sila at maibigay ang kanilang mga pangangailangan. May pagkakataon
pa nga na kahit magsakripisyo tayo ay ayos lang, lalo na kung ito ay para sa mga nahihirapan at iba pa
na nangangailangan ng tulong. Kailangan nating maging bukas at handang dumamay sa ating kapwa at
mga kaibigan sa oras ng pangangailangan. Hindi natin sila tutulungan dahil lamang sa may mabuti
silang ginawa sa atin kundi gagawan natin sila ng mabuti dahil mahalaga sila sa atin at mahalaga sila sa
Diyos.
MAGPASIYA AT KUMILOS

Panuto: Sumulat ng isang maikling awitin tungkol sa pagkakaibigan. Isulat ang liriko nito sa iyong
journal.

PAGTATAYA

Panuto: Iguhit ang * sa patlang kung nagpapakita nga pagiging mabuting kaibigan at # kung hindi.

___1. Laging inaabutan ng baon ni Ana ang kaibigang si Leo sapagkat wala itong baon sa tuwing
papasok sa paaralan.

___2. Madalas pagalitan si Jade ng kanilang guro dahil palaging sinusumbong ni Ariel ang lahat ng
maling kilos nito.

___3. Pinagsasabihan ni Prince si Tyrone sa tuwing makakagawa ito ng pagkakamali sapagkat mahal
na mahal niya ang kanyang kaibigan.

___4. Iniingatan ni Tyra ang mga sikreto ni Aris kahit na sila ay nagkakaroon ng hindi pagkaka-
unawaan.

___5. Sinisikap ni John na madamayan ang kaibigam sa lahat ng pagkakataon maging ito man ay
kalungkutan o kasiyahan.

KARAGDAGANG GAWAIN

Sumulat ng 5 paraan upang mapanatili ang inyong pagkakaibigan sa panahon ng pandemya.

1. ______________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________
3. ______________________________________________________
4. ______________________________________________________
5. ______________________________________________________
Learning Competency Code: EsP6P-lla-c-30
Naipapakita ang kahalagahan ng pagiging responsible sa kapwa:
4.3 pagiging matapat

Yunit II
Aralin 3: Unang Linggo

Paksa: Katapatan sa Kapwa ko, Pananatilihin Ko!

Gabay sa mga Magulang

Inaasahan ng may- akdang makikibahagi ang mga magulang sa pagkatuto ng kanilang mga
anak upang mahubog ang isang disiplinadong mag-aaral. Dahil dito, hinihikayat ang mga magulang
na maglaan ng panahon upang tulungan ang kanilang mga anak sa pagtatamo ng lubos na karunungan.
Higit kailanman, ngayon ang tamang pagkakataon upang mas lalong mapag-alab at mapabuti ang
samahan sa pagitan ng magulang at anak. Ang ikatatagumpay ng layunin ukol sa pagkatuto ay nakasalalay
sa pinagsanib- pwersang pagtutulungan ng guro, magulang at mag-aaral.

Gabay sa mga Mag-aaral

Ang modyul na ito ay nilikha upang makaagapay ang mga mag-aaral sa Ikaanim na Baitang sa
new normal. Kung saan kahit na ikaw ay nasa tahanan ay makasasabay ka sa mabilis na pagbabago sa
mundo. Ito ay binubuo ng mga gawaing makatutulong sa iyong magkaroon ng higit na malalim na
pagkaunawa sa katapatan, upang matiyak ang pagiging isang responsableng indibidwal na magbubunga
ng pag- unlad. Hinihikayat ka naming magsumikap at maglaan ng oras at panahon upang isapuso at
isagawa ang mga araling iyong matututuhan. Sapagkat matibay ang pananalig namin sa minsang winika
ni Dr. Jose Rizal, “Ang kabataan ang pag-asa ng bayan”. Patuloy naming ilalagak ang aming tiwala sa
mga kabataang handang matuto, anoman ang sitwasyong nararanasan.

PAG-ISIPAN

Basahin ang sumusunod na sitwasyon. Lagyan ng / ang mga sitwasyong nagsasaad ng wasto at x ang mali.
________1. Nagkagalit kayo ng kaibigan mo, at nabalitaan mong tinamaan siya ng sakit na COVID-19.
Ikinalungkot mo ang pangyayari at naisipang padalhan siya ng prutas.
________2. Marami ang mga nahihirapan sa makabagong paraan ng pag-aaral. Ikaw ay may kaya sa buhay,
naisipan mong magkaloob ng tulong sa mga batang kapus-palad sa pamamagitan ng pagbibigay ng
tablet at cellphone.
________3. Mahusay ka sa halos lahat ng bagay subalit hindi mo hinahayaang makita ng iba ang iyong
kakayahan.
________4. Marami ang naapektuhan ng pandemyang COVID 19 marami kayong mga de lata, tinapay at
bigas subalit ayaw mong magbigay sa iyong mga kapitbahay sapagkat gusto mong may kapalit ang
anomang iyong ibibigay.
________5. Nais mong makatulong sa mga kababayan mong tinamaan ng pandemya dahil dito nangalap ka
ng mga donasyon at ipinagkaloob sa mga mahihirap

Pagganyak na Tanong:

1. Naranasan na ba ng inyong pamilyang kapusin sa pangangailangan?


2. Mayroon bang mga taong nagpaabot ng tulong sa inyo nang maranasan niyo ang kakapusan?
3. Mahalaga ba ang pagiging tapat sa lahat ng sitwasyon at pagkakataon?

KWENTO:

AYUDA
Isinulat Ni: MGD

Patuloy ang pagtaas ng bilang ng mga tinatamaan ng sakit na COVID-19. Maraming


establisyemento ang nagsara, marami ang nawalan ng hanapbuhay. Dagsa ang nanghihingi ng tulong. Sa
Lungsod ng Valenzuela ay may isang pamilyang nais makapag- abot ng kaunting tulong para sa kanilang
mga kababayan. Ito ay ang pamilyang Uzumaki. Dahil dito napagkasunduan ng mga anak na sina Naruto,
Sakura at Sasuke na maglaan ng kanilang baon araw araw upang maiambag sa pambili ng bigas at de lata
na ipamimigay sa mga nangangailangan.
Isang araw, si Sasuke ay naglaan ng limampiso sa kanyang baon subalit hindi para iambag sa
nangangailangan bagkus para ipambili ng bagong laruan. Nagpatuloy ang ganitong gawain ni Sasuke. Si
Naruto at Sakura naman ay patuloy na naglalaan ng kanilang baon kung kaya’t malaki ang halagang
kanilang naipon. Sa kabilang banda dahil sa paglalaan ni Sasuke nang pambili ng bagong laruan maliit na
halaga lamang ang kanyang naipon. Sumapit ang katapusan ng buwan kung saan kanilang ibibigay sa
kanilang inang si Kushina ang lahat ng salapi. Malaki ang naipong halaga nina Naruto at Sakura,
samantalang si Sasuke ay nakaipon ng maliit na halaga, na labis na ipinagtaka ng inang. Agad niyang
kinausap si Sasuke at napag- alaman ang plano nitong pagbili ng bagong laruan. Masinsinan ang naging
pag-uusap nang mag-ina, ipinaliwanag ni Kushina na ang ginawa ni Sasukeng paglilihim ay hindi
maganda. Binigyang diin niya ang pagiging matapat sa lahat ng pagkakataon. Naunawaan naman ni
Sasuke at humingi siya ng tawad sa kanyang ina.
Ang lahat ng naipon niyang salapi ay ibinigay niya sa kanyang ina. Di nagtagal lahat ng ito ay
ginamit upang makabili ng bigas at de lata na kanila ding ipinagkaloob sa lahat ng nangangailangan.
Nakita ni Sasuke ang kaligayahang hatid ng kanilang munting handog lalo sa mga maliliit na paslit. Dahil
dito naisipan niyang dagdagan ang ilalaang baon upang mas’ madami pa ang mga kabataang kanyang
mapasaya. Tunay ngang ang pagtulong ay wala sa laki o liit, wala sa kaunti o dami, ang mahalaga ito ay
bukal sa kalooban.

Panuto : Gamit ang iyong kwaderno , sagutin ang mga sumusunod na mga tanong.

1. Anong plano ang naisipan nang magkakapatid na Sasuke, Naruto at Sakura upang makapaghatid ng
tulong sa kanilang kapwa?
2. Anong katangian ang binibigyang diin sa kwentong inyong binasa?
3. Sino sa magkakapatid ang nais mong tularan at bakit?
4. Ang pagiging matapat ba ay dapat panatilihin sa kahit anomang pagkakataon?
5. Mahalaga ba ang pagtulong sa kapwa? Ipaliwanag.

SURIIN ANG SARILI


Ang katapatan ay ang pagsasabi ng katotohanan. Mahalaga ang pagiging matapat sa lahat ng
pagkakataon upang makaiwas na din sa kapahamakan. Ayon nga sa isang kasabihan “Ang pagsasabi ng
tapat, ay pagsasama ng maluwat”. Nangangahulugan lamang ito na nagbubunga nang maayos na
samahan ang pagiging tapat. Kaya kailangan nating ugaliin ang pagiging tapat hindi lamang dahil ito ay
isnag magandang katangian bagkus dahil ito ang nararapat na gawin sa kabila nang patuloy na pagsama
ng mundong ating ginagalawan.

Pagsasanay

A. Bilang bahagi ng ating aralin. Ipahayag ang naging damdamin mo. Itiman ang kahon ng sagot.

Kasiya-siya Hindi Kasiya-siya

1. Naunawaan ang mensahe ng kwento


2. Natutuhan ang kahalagahan ng pagiging tapat
3. Napatunayang hindi masama na pagbigyan ang
sariling kaligayahan
4. Mahalaga ang pagtulong sa kapwa.
5. Ang katapatan sa kapwa ay nagbubunga ng
mabuting samahan.
B. Basahin at unawain ang mga sumusunod na sitwasyon. Isulat sa loob ng parihaba ang iyong
kasagutan.
1. Isang matinding hamon sa mga mag-aaral ang new normal. Isa ang kaibigan mong si Tyrone
sa dumaranas nang kagipitan kung kaya’t nahihirapan siyang makisabay sa online class dahil
na rin sa pagsasara ng mga kompanyang pinapasukan ng kanyang mga magulang. Dahil dito
pinakiusapan ka ni Tyrone na sa tuwing kukunin ang tala ng mg mag-aaral ay ikaw ang
sasagot para kay Tyrone sapagkat nahihiya siyang malaman ng mga kamag-aral ninyo na wala
siyang kakayahan sa online class. Gustung- gusto mong tulungan si Tyrone subalit alam mong
ang gagawin mo ay isang kasalanan sapagkat hindi ka magsasabi ng tapat. Ano ang iyong
magiging pasya?

2. Nagkaroon ka ng pagkakataon na muling makapaglaro sa labas, inaya mo ang iyong mga


kaibigan. Masaya ang naging laro ninyo subalit hindi sinasadyang napalakas ang hagis ng bola
at nabasag ang salaming bintana ng inyong kapitbahay. Hindi ikaw ang may kasalanan subalit
sinabi ng iyong kalaro na ikaw ang dapat sisihin sapagkat ikaw ang nag-aya sa kanila.Batid
mong kapag inamin mo ang pagkakamaling hndi mo nagawa ay mapaparusahan ka ng iyong
magulang. Subalit kung hindi mo naming aakuin ang kasalanang nagawa ng iyong kaibigan ay
magagalit sila sa iyo. Ano ang magiging pasya mo ukol sa pangyayaring ito?

Malayang
Pagtuklas
A. Pag-uugnay sa paksa : Katapatan sa Kapwa
Itiman ang kung nauugnay ang detalye sa paksa. Huwag itiman ang kung hindi
nauugnay sa paksa.
15
Katapatan

Pagsasabi ng katotohanan

Pagiging sinungaling
a
Kapwa t
a
Mga nilalang ng Diyos na Kp
karamay ng mga tao. a a
t t
Nilalang na lumalabag sa utos ang Ka
Diyos. ap n
ta
at Responsable a
pa t
an Pagbalewala sa kung anoa ang
t Kp
tama at mali.
aa a a
nt t
Pagiging mabuting indibidwal.t
a Ka a
ap n ap
a ta
B. Bumuo ng isang hashtag # na may kinalamant sa ating paksa. Ilagay sa loob ng puso ang a
at t
iyong kasagutan. a p
a
p
halimbawa: #Katapatan para sa an pag-unlad. an
t t
a a
n n
t
a
ap
ta
at
p
a
an
TANDAAN t
a
n
Ang pagiging matapat ay ang pagsasabi ng totoo anuman ang sitwasyon. Ito ay isa sa mga
katangiang nagpapakita ng pagmamalasakit sa kapwa. Napapanatili ng katapatan ang mabuting
samahan.

MAGPASIYA AT KUMILOS

Buuin ang Akronym na Katapatan sa pamamagitan ng paglalagay ng mga salitang may


kaugnayan sa salita.

K-
A-
T-
A-
P-
A-
T-
A-
N-

PAGTATAYA

Panuto: Pag-aralan ang mga pangungusap. Isulat ang wastong bilang ayon sa panuto.

1- Kung sinasang-ayunan mo ang pahayag


2- Kung hindi mo sinasang-ayunan
________1. Pagsasabi ng totoo sa lahat ng pagkakataon.
________2. Pagtatakip sa pagkakamali ng kaibigan upang hindi siya mapagalitan.
________3. Pagtulong sa kapwa sa panahon nang matinding pangangailangan.
________4. Pagbigay ng hatol base lamang sa naobserbahan at hindi batay sa totoong pangyayari.
________5. Pagbato ng sisi sa iba sa pagkakamaling iyong nagawa upang maiwasan ang anumang parusa.

KARAGDAGANG GAWAIN

Panuto: Bumuo ng album sa pamamagitan ng paggupit sa pahayagan ng mga balitang nagpapamalas ng


Katapatan. Tiyaking nabasa muna ang balita bago idikit upang patuloy na matandaan ang naging aralin.

Album sa Esp
6

Balita ng
Katapatan
Learning Competency Code: EsP6P-lld-i-31
Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng kapwa.

Yunit II
Aralin 4: Ikalawang Linggo

Paksa: Ideya Mo, Igagalang Ko!

Gabay ng Magulang

Inaasahan ng may- akda na makikibahagi ang mga magulang sa pagkatuto ng kanilang mga anak
upang mahubog ang isang disiplinadong mag-aaral. Dahil dito, hinihikayat ang mga magulang na maglaan
ng panahon upang tulungan ang kanilang mga anak sa pagtatamo ng lubos na karunungan. Higit
kailanman, ngayon ang tamang pagkakataon upang mas lalong mapag-alab at mapabuti ang samahan sa
pagitan ng magulang at anak. Ang ikatatagumpay ng layunin ukol sa pagkatuto ay nakasalalay sa
pinagsanib pwersang pagtutulungan ng guro, magulang at mag-aaral.

Gabay sa mga Mag-aaral

Ang modyul na ito ay nilikha upang makaagapay ang mga mag-aaral sa Ikaanim na Baitang sa
new normal. Kung saan kahit na ikaw ay nasa tahanan ay makakasabay ka sa mabilis na pagbabago sa
mundo. Ito ay binubuo ng mga gawaing makatutulong sa iyong magkaroon ng higit na malalim na
pagkaunawa sa kahalagahan ng paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng iyong kapwa, upang matiyak ang
pagiging isang responsableng indibidwal na magbubunga ng pag- unlad. Hinihikayat ka naming
magsumikap at maglaan ng oras at panahon upang isapuso at isagawa ang mga araling iyong matututunan.
Sapagkat matibay ang pananalig namin sa minsang winika ni Dr. Jose Rizal, “Ang kabataan ang pag-asa
ng bayan”. Patuloy naming ilalagak ang aming tiwala sa mga kabataang handang matuto, anuman ang
sitwasyong nararanasan.

PAG-ISIPAN

LETRAMBULAN: Ayusin ang sumusunod na letra upang mabuo ang hinahanap na salita,
gawing gabay ang kahulugan.

1. ADEYI = tumutukoy sa opinyon, palagay o kuru- kuro ng isang indibidwal


2. APKAW= tumutukoy sa mga tao sa ating kapaligiran.
3. GNLAGGAPA= tumutukoy sa mataas na pagkilala sa karapatan ng isang tao.
4. LADUNGPA= tumutukoy sa progressibong pagbabago.
5. TIYONSUSHE= kaisipan ukol sa isang bagay o gawain.
Pagganyak na Tanong:
1. Naranasan mo na bang magbigay ng suhestiyon subalit ito’y hindi sinang- ayunan?
2. Naramdaman mo ba ang pagkainis sa di pagsang-ayon sa iyong ideya?
3. Ano ang dapat nating gawin sa mga suhestiyon o ideya ng ating kapwa?
KWENTO:

BIYAYA
Ni: Mary Grace L. Diaz

Sa klase ni Gng. Diaz ay nagtatalo- talo ang mga mag-aaral ukol sa paraan kung paano
makapagpapaabot ng tulong sa mga nangangailangan. Naisipan ng mga mag-aaral sa Ikaanim na
Baitang na magpaabot ng munting tulong para sa mga naapektuhan ng pandemyang COVID-19. Subalit
hindi sila magkasundo sa desisyong kanilang gagawin. Narito ang naging takbo ng usapan.

Gng. Diaz: Magandang umaga mga bata, alam nating madami ang naapektuhan ng pandemya. Hihingin
ko sana ang inyong ideya o suhestiyon kung paano makapagpapa-abot ng tulong sa mga naapektuhan ng
pandemya. May mga naiisip ba kayong suhestiyon?

Tyra: Ma’am naisip ko pong maari tayong magbenta ng mga preloved o ukay-ukay ang kailangan
lamang po nating gawin ay magdala ang bawat mag-aaral ng mga luma subalit maari pang
mapakinabangang kasuotan upang maibenta. Ang lahat ng malilikom na halaga ay ating ipambibili ng
pangunahing pangangailangan gaya ng bigas at de lata.

Prince: Ako po ma’am naisip ko pong maaari tayong mangolekta ng mga lumang dyaryo, plastic na
bote upang maibenta.

Tyrone: Naku! luma na yang naisip mo Prince, walang kwenta ang suhestiyon mo. Ito po ma’am, ang
naisip ko po ay maghanap tayo ng maaring sponsor o donor, mas maraming sponsor or donasyon mas
marami tayong matutulungan.Hindi pa tayo masyadong mapapagod.

Prince: Anong walang kwenta ang suhestiyon ko, di hamak na mas maganda ang ideya ko sa ideya mo.
At nauwi sa pagtatalo ang sana’y maayos na usapan. Dahil dito nagsalita si Gng. Diaz ang kanilang guro
upang sawayin ang pagtatalo ng dalawang bata.

Gng. Diaz: Mga bata lahat tayo ay biniyayaan ng Diyos ng kakayahang mag-isip, dahil dito lahat tayo
ay maaring magbigay ng ating ideya o suhestiyon. Walang maling ideya o suhestiyon. Ang kailangan
lamang ay magkaroon tayo ng paggalang sa ideya ng iba.
Katulad nang nangyayari ngayon, tama ba ang ginawa ni Tyrone?

Mga bata: Mali po,

Gng. Diaz: Bakit ninyo nasabing hindi wasto ang naging reaksiyon ni Tyrone sa pahayag ni Prince?

Mga bata: Dahil hindi po niya iginalang ang ideya ni Prince.

Gng Diaz: Tama, Tyrone, ano ang sasabihin mo kay Prince?

Tyrone: Paumanhin Prince nadala lamang ako ng aking emosyon. Paumanhin po Gng. Diaz, hindi ko
na po uulitin.Tatandaan ko pong dapat igalang ang ideya o suhestiyon ng iba.

Gng. Diaz: Tinatanggap ko ang paumanhin mo at umaasa akong hindi na ito mauulit pa.

Bumalik tayo sa ating usapin, upang malaman natin kung alin sa mga suhestiyong ibinigay ang
ating isasagawa ang mabuti pa magkaroon tayo ng botohan. Sino sa inyo ang sang- ayon sa suhestiyon ni
Prince? 15, sa suhestiyon ni Tyrone? 12 ,sa suhestiyon ni Tyra? 17. Magaling! Dahil sa ginawa nating
botohan mas marami ang sumang-ayon sa suhestiyon ni Tyra. Kung gayon, ito ang ating isasagawa.
Simula bukas hanggang sa katapusan ng buwan ay magdadala kayo ng luma subalit mapakikinabangan
pang mga damit. At pangungunahan nila Tyrone at Prince ang pagbebenta sa mga ito katuwang ang lahat
ng kanilang kamag-aral.

Nagpatuloy ang ganitong gawain ng mag-aaral, hindi nagtagal naibentang lahat ang mga preloved
sa pangunguna nina Prince at Tyrone katuwang ang kanilang mga kamg-aral. Di naglaon ang lahat ng
nalikom ay naibili ng mga bigas at de lata na siyang naging munting handog sa mga nangangailangan sa
Lungsod ng Valenzuela. Tuwang- tuwa ang mga mag-aaral sa kanilang naging bahagi sa kanilang
lungsod. Nag-uumapaw na kaligayahan naman ang naging hatid ng biyayang ito sa lahat ng
nangangailangan.

Panuto : Gamit ang iyong kwaderno , sagutin ang mga sumusunod na mga tanong.

1. Ano ang lumalaganap na pandemya na naging dahilan ng nararanasang matinding kahirapan at


pagkagutom ng mga tao?
2. Anu- ano ang naging suhestiyon ng mga mag-aaral na sina Tyra? Prince? At Tyrone?
3. Ano ang maling reaksiyon ni Tyrone patungkol sa suhestiyon ni Prince?
4. Tama ba ang naging aksiyon ng kanilang gurong si Gng. Diaz? Pangatwiranan
5. Mahalaga ba ang paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng iba? Bakit?

SURIIN ANG SARILI

Ang paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng iba ay naghahayag ng mataas na pagkilala sa kaisipan ng


bawat nilalang. Mahalaga ang paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng ating kapwa upang maiwasan ang
mga pagtatalo.

Pagsasanay
A. Panuto:Punan ang patlang ng wastong sagot. Pumili ng mga sagot sa loob ng kahon.

suhestiyon

mararamdaman Ang_________ sa ideya o ______


ay mahalaga sapagkat ito ay nagpapakita ng pagmamahal sa
ideya _________. Karapatan ng bawat nilalang ang mag-isip at
magbigay ng kanilang ______. Subalit kailangan nating
kapwa isaalang-alang ang_________ng ating kapwa.
paggalang

matapat

B. Panuto: Magtala ng paraan kung paano maipapakita ang paggalang sa suhestiyon o ideya ng iba.
Itala ang sagot sa loob ng banners.

20
Malayang
Pagtuklas
Basahin at unawain ang tula.

Bawat nilikha’y may kanya- kanyang ideya o suhestiyon


Iba - iba ng palagay, kuru-kuro at opinyon
Madalas magkasundo, kahit wala namang relasyon
Minsan nama’y nagtatalo, lalong humahaba itong diskusyon.

Huwag lamang pairalin init ng ulo at baka mauwi sa gulo


Bagkus maging magalang, mahinahon lalo na kung ika’y solo
Hayaang mga ideya ay kumawala at marinig
Nang sa gayon pagka – Pilipino’y mabigyang tinig.

Karapatan mo’y karapatan ko rin


Paggalang sa ideya aking binibigyang diin
Upang ang mundong ating ginagalawan
Mapalibutan ng saya at pagkakaunawaan.
MGDiaz

A. Unawain ang mga pangungusap. Sagutin ayon sa panuto.


1- Kung totoo ang isinasaad ng pangungusap batay sa tula
2- Kung walang katotohanan ang isinasaad ng pangungusap.

___ A. Magkakaiba ng ideya at opinyon ang bawat tao.


___ B. Ang paggalang sa ideya ng kapwa ay mahalaga.
___ C. Karapatan ng bawat nilalang ang magpahayag ng kanilang ideya.
___ D. Nararapat lamang na magtalo-talo ang mga tao dahil sa magkakaiba ang
paniniwala at ideya.
___ E. Ang pagsalungat sa ideya ng kapwa ay nagdudulot ng saya.

B. Bumuo ng isang hashtag # na may kinalaman sa ating paksa. Ilagay sa loob ng puso ang
iyong kasagutan.
halimbawa: # Ideya mo, Kikilalanin ko

TANDAAN

Ang paggalang sa ideya o suhestiyon ng iba ay nagpapamalas ng mataas na pagkilala sa ating


kapwa. Mahalaga ang opinyon, ideya, kuru- kuro ng ating kapwa upang makabuo ng
makabuluhang gawain. Lahat ng nilalang ay may kalayaang mag-isip at magpahayag ng saloobin
subalit matuto tayong maging maingat sa mga salitang sa labi nati’y mamumutawi upang
maiwasan na makasakit ng damdamin ng ating kapwa.

MAGPASIYA AT KUMILOS

Panuto: Ilagay sa loob ng parihaba ang mga pangalan ng taong nagpapakita ng paggalang sa suhestiyon
at ideya ng iba.

1. Si Anton na siyang madalas na nasusunod sa pagbibigay ng ideya.


2. Si Angelica na hinihingi ang ideya at suhestiyon ng iba bago isagawa ang isang bagay.
3. Si Anastacia na may mataas na paggalang sa kapwa kung kaya’t pinag-iisipan munang
mabuti ang lahat ng salitang sasabihin.
4. Si Aris na walang pakialam sa ideya ng iba, ang mahalaga sa kaniya ay ang suhestiyon
nilang magkakaibigan.
5. Si Ariel na bumabatay sa kung ano ang nais ng nakararami sa lahat ng ideyang inilahad ang
kanyang susundin.

PAGTATAYA

Panuto: Itiman ang kahon sa tapat ng T kung wasto ang isinasaad ng pangungusap at M naman
kung hindi wasto.

T M

1. Ang bawat nilalang ay may kalayaang magbigay ng suhestiyon o ideya


2. Magkaroon ng mataas na respeto sa lahat ng ideya o suhestiyon.

3. Piliin lamang ang suhestiyon ng mga kaibigan at balewalain ang suhestiyon ng iba
.
4. Maging maingat sa pagbibigay ng suhestiyon upang maiwasan na masaktan ang
damdamin ng iba.

5. Timbangin ang bawat suhestiyon o ideyang ibibigay upang masiguro kung alin sa mga
ito ang makakatulong sa ikatatagumpay ng Gawain.
KARAGDAGANG GAWAIN

Pagpipiliang Gawain:
Panuto: Pumili ng isa sa mga sumusunod na gawain at isagawa.

Gumuhit ng larawan na nagpapamalas ng paggalang sa


ideya ng kapwa.

2. Gumawa ng Rap tungkol sa paksang paggalang sa ideya o


suhestiyon ng kapwa.

3. Gumupit ng isang balita kung saan naipamalas ang paggalang


sa suhestiyon ng kapwa.

4. Kapanayamin ang Ate o Kuya,alamin kung paano nila


naipamalas ang paggalang sa suhestiyon ng kapwa.

5. Sumulat ng maiksing tula ukol sa paggalang sa ideya.


Talaan ng Nilalaman

Yunit 1

ARALIN 5 : Deklarasyon ng Kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at ang 2


Pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika ..

ARALIN 6: Pananakop ng mga Amerikano .. 7

ARALIN 7 : Natatanging Pilipino sa Panahon ng Digmaan 11

#Araling Panlipunan Page 1 of 14


Republic of the Philippines
Department of Education
National Capital Region
Division of City Schools – Valenzuela

ARALIN 5: Deklarasyon ng Kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at ang


Pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika

LAYUNIN:

Napapahalagahan ang deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at ang Pagkakatatag ng


Unang Republika

CODE: AP6PMK-Ie-8
Week 5 1st Quarter

I. PAGHAHASA NG KAALAMAN

A. Basahin at unawain ang mga sitwasyon. Piliin ang titik ng tamang tamang
sagot.

_________1. Pag-uwi ni Emilio Aguinaldo galling sa Hongkong ay dala niya ang


isang bandila na ipinagawa kina Marcela Agoncillo, Lorenza Agoncillo at
__________.
a. Dolores Nakpil c. Delfina Herbosa
b. Dominador Bautista d. Delia Palma
_________2. Halos tatlong taon na walang titik ang pambansang awit ng
Pilipinas, ito ay nilapatan ng titik ni __________.
a. Jose dela Cruz c. Jose Palma
b. Julian Bautista d. Julian dela Cruz
_________3. Ang pagdedeklara ng Araw ng Kalayaan ng Pilipinas noong
Hunyo 12, 1898 ay ginanap sa _______________ .
a. Nai, Cavite c. Maragundon, Cavite
b. Imus, Cavite d. Kawit, Cavite
_________4. Ang deklarasyon ng kalayaan ng Pilipinas ay isinulat ni
_____________ .
a. Ambrosio Rianzares - Bautista c. Emilio Aguinaldo
b. Apolinario Mabini d. Felipe Calderon
_________5Sa pagdedeklara ng Araw ng Kalayaan ng Pilipinas ay tinugtog ay
Pambansang Awit ng bansa na Marcha Nacional Filipino. Ano ang orihinal
na pamagat nito?
a. Marcha Nacional Magdiwang c. Marcha Nacional Filipina
b. Marcha Nacional Magdalo d. Marcha Nacional

#Araling Panlipunan Page 2 of 14


I. PAGHAHASA NG KAALAMAN

A. Hanapin kung sino sino ang mga mahahalagang personalidad na


may alaking ginampanan sa pagkakatatag ng kasarinlan ng
Pilipinas. Bilugan ang mga ito gamit ang puzzle

II. PAGPAPALAWIG

A. Basahin at unawain ang isinasaad ng bawat bilang. Lagyan ng ang


patlang kung nagsasaad ng pagpapahalaga sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng
Pilipinas at ang pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika at kung hindi.
________ 1. Ipinagmalaki ang pagiging Pilipino at pagiging malaya ng Pilipinas.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 3 of 14


________ 2. Nag-organisa ng isang pagtatanghal na nagpapakita ng
deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas.
________ 3. Hindi nagpakita ng interes na alamin bakit nagtatag ng Kongreso ng
Malolos.
________ 4. Pinalawak pa ang kaalaman upang lalong mauunawaan ang
kahalagahan ng pagkakatatag ng Kongreso ng Malolos.
________ 5. Nanuod ng mga pagtatanghal ng mga likhang sining na may
kaugnayan sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas.
________ 6. Ayaw makinig ng mga kwento na may kaugnayan sa pagtatamo
ng kalayaan ng Pilipinas.
________ 7. Nangolekta ng mga larawan na nagpapakita ng katapangan ng
mga Pilipino upang makamit ang kalayaan ng Pilipinas.
________ 8. Naging inspirasyon sa pag-aaral ang mag kabayanihang ipinakita
ng mga Pilipino upang matamo ang kalayaan.
________ 9. Gumawa ng tula bilang pagpapahalaga sa mga taong nasa likod
ng pagkamit ng kalayaan ng Pilipinas.
________ 10. Naging bingi sa panawagan ng pamahalaan na lumahok sa mga
gawaing may kaugnayan sa pagpapanatili ng kalayaan ng Pilipinas.

III. PAGSASANAY

Isulat ang salitang TAMA kung ang mga pangungusap ay nagpapakita ng


pagpapahalaga sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at pagtatag ng
Kongreso ng Malolos at MALI kung hindi.
________ 1. Paggawa at pagpapatupad ng batas ng mga pinuno ng
pamahalaan na maayos.
________ 2. Pagsunod sa mga mamamayan sa batas na ipinatutupad.
________ 3. Pagwawalang bahala sa ala-ala ng pagpapakasakit ng ating
mga bayani upang matamo ang kalayaan.
________ 4. Pagprotekta sa teritoryo ng bansa upang hindi masakop ng mga
dayuhan.
________ 5. Paggawa ng mga bantayog at munomento ng mga bayani
upang magsilbing tagapag paalala kung paano natamo ng bansa ang
kasarinlan.
________ 6. Paghikayat sa mga mag-aaral na magbasa ng aklat ukol sa
kasaysayan ng pagkamit ng bansa ng kasarinlan.
________ 7. Pagsasagawa ng mga rally upang maging magulo ang paligid.
________ 8. Hindi pakikibahagi sa mga magagandang proyekto ng
pamahalaan.
________ 9. Pagpapatupad ng hindi pantay na pagtingin sa mamamayan sa
harap ng batas.
________ 10. Pagsira sa mga makasaysayan pook sa bansa.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 4 of 14


IV. FORMATIVE

Basahin at unawain ang mga sitwasyon. Piliin ang titik ng


tamang sagot.
_________1. Sa klase ni Bb. Reyes ay matamang pinag-uusapan ang tungkol
sa pagtatamo ng Kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at nakikilahok ang mga bata sa
talakayan. Sino sa mga mag-aaral ang nagpakita ng pagpapahalaga sa
natutuhang aralin?
a.Si Mildred na masayang nakikipagkwentuhan sa mga kaklase
paglabas ng guro sa kanilang silid aralan.
b.Si Franz na lumabas ng silid upang magtungo sa kantina
c. Si Melvin na dinukol at dalang cellphone sa bag at naglaro ng
games dito.
d. Si Barbie na kumuha ng kwaderno at gumuhit ng larawan sa
pagwagayway ng watawat ng Pilipinas.
_________2. Dumating sa bahay nina Paul ang kanyang lolo upang
magbakasyon. Dahil may katandaan na ito, mahilig ito magkwento ng mga
napagdaanan nya sa panahon ng digmaan, pati kung paano naging
Malaya ang Pilipinas sa mga Amerikano. Sino ang nagpahalaga sa kwento
ni lolo?
a.Si Vivian na laging abala sa pag-aaral ng leksyon
b.Sir Robert na lagging sinusundo ng barkada upang maglaro ng
basketball
c. Si Harold na lagging nakakulong sa loob ng kwarto
d. Si Paul na walang sawang nakikinig sa kwento ng kanyang lolo
_________3. Bilang isang pinuno ng kanyang lalawigan, si Mayor Bartolome
Santos ay sinisiguro niya na wasto ang kanyang ginagawa para sa kanyang
nasasakupan. Alin sa mga Gawain sa ibaba ang kanyang ginagawa upang
maipakita niya ang pagpapahalaga sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas
at ang pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika?
a.Nagsagawa ng mga pagtatatnghal pangkultural na nagpapakita
ng pagpapahalaga sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas
b.Nagkakaroon ng mga singing contest sa buong bayan
c. Nagkakaroon ng feeding program para sa mga bata
d. Nagsasagawa ng mga clean up drive upang makaiwas sa
dengue
_________4. Alin sa mga Gawain sa ibaba ang ginagawa ng pamahalaan
upang pahalagahan ang deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng Pilipinas at at
pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika?
a.Hinahayaang makapasok ang mga dayuhang may dalang droga
b.Nagsasagawa ng pagpapatrolya ang Hubong Dagat ng Pilipinas sa
teritoryong sakop ng bansa
c. Nagpapadala ng OFW ang Pilipinas sa ibang bansa upang may
maiuwing dolyar
d. Umaangkat ang Pilipinas ng kalakal sa ibang bansa.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 5 of 14


_________5. Ang pagpapahalaga sa deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng
Pilipinas at pagkakatatag ng Unang Republika ay maipapakita sa
pamamagitan ng:
a.Pagpapahalaga sa ating watawat
b.Di pagsunod sa atin mga batas
c. Pagsasawalang bahala sa mga programa ng pamahalaan
d. Pagpuna sa mga ginagawa ng pangulo

#Araling Panlipunan Page 6 of 14


Republic of the Philippines
Department of Education
National Capital Region
Division of City Schools – Valenzuela
VALENZUELA CENTRAL DISTRICT

ARALIN: 6 Pananakop ng mga Amerikano

LAYUNIN:

Nasusuri ang pakikibaka ng mga Pilipino sa panahon ng digmaang


Pilipino-Amerikano.
Unang Putok sa panulukan ng Silencio at Sociego, Sta.Mesa
Labanan sa Tirad Pass
Balangiga Massacre

CODE: Week 6-1stQ

i. PAGHAHASA NG KAALAMAN

A. Panuto: Isulat ang hinihinging impormasyon sa bawat kahon.

Pangyayari Petsa Lugar Pangunahing Dahilan Epekto/Kahalagahan


Tauhan ng pangyayari para
sa mga Pilipino
Unang
Putok sa
Sociego at
Silecio
Labanan
sa Pasong
Tirad
Balangiga
Massacre

B. Panuto: Kilalanin ang tinutukoy ng mga sumusunod. Piliin ang


tamang sagot sa loob ng kahon.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 7 of 14


William Grayson Felife aguncillo Disyembre 10, 1898
Gerilya Kasunduan sa Paris Pebrero 4, 1899
Kasunduan sa Washington

___________1. Kailan sumuklab ang digmaang Pilipino- Amerikano?


___________2. Sinong Amerikano ang bumaril sa isang kawal na
Pilipino na siyang dahilan ng pagsisimula ng digmaan sa mga
pagitan ng mga Amerikano at Pilipino?
___________3. Ito ang kasunduan na kung saan ibinenta ng
Espanya ang Pilipinas sa Estados Unidos sa halagang 20 milyong
dolyar.
___________4. Siya ay isang diplomatiko ng hunt ani Aguinaldo na
nagsilbing kinatawan ng Pilipinas sa Estados Unidos. Tinutulan niya
ang kasunduan sa Paris ngunit siya ay nabigo.
___________5. Anong Sistema ng pakikipaglaban ng mga Pilipino s
amalakas na hukbo ng mga Amerikano.

II. PAGPAPALAWIG

A. Panuto: Iugnay ang tinutukoy ng nahay A sa hanay B. Isulat ang


tamang sagot sa patlang.
A B
___ 1. Bayani ng Pasong Tirad A. William McKinley
___ 2. Pangulo ng Amerika na B. Unang Putok sa
Sociego
Nagpatupad ng Benevolent Silencio, ta Mesa
___ 3. Pilipinong namuno sa labanan C. Gregorio del Pilar
Sa Balangiga
___ 4. Pangyayaring nagbigay daan D. William H. Taft
Sa digmaang Pilipino- Amerikano
___ 5. Labanan kung saan inalay ni E. Hen. Valerino
Abanador
F. Labanan sa Pasong
Tirad

B. FACT o BLUFF. Isulat sa patlang ang FACT kapag nangyari ang


pahayag at BLUFF naman kung hindi ito naganap.
______ 1. Nagpaputok ang isang kawal na Amerikano nang Makita
nito ang isang Pilipino sa panulukan ng Calle Silencio at Sociego, Sta.
Mesa Maynila noong gabi ng Pebrero 4, 1899.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 8 of 14


______ 2. Ipinatupad ang Benevolent Assimilation noong Disyembre
21, 1898 upang mapasunod at makuha ang tiwala ng mga Pilipino.
______ 3. Nilagdaan ang kasunduan sa Paris noong Disyembre 10, 1898
na may probisyong ibibigay ng Espanya ang Pilipinas sa Estados
Unidos sa halagang 20 milyong dolyar.
______ 4. Nagawang himukin ni Felipe Agoncillo si Pangulong William
McKinley na kilalanin ang kasarinlan ng PIlipinas.
______ 5. Nagkaroon ng lihim na pakikipagkasundo ang mga
pinunong Amerikano sa mga Espanyol.

III.PAGSASANAY:

A. Panuto: Hanapin at bilugan sa word search puzzle ang mga kataga


sa ibaba.
1. Balangiga 6. Del Pilar
2. Silencio 7. Aguinaldo
3. Sociego 8. Samar Sta Mesa
4. Amerikano 9. Pasong Tirad
5. Pilipino 10. Samar

#Araling Panlipunan Page 9 of 14


B. Panuto: Bilugan ang titik ng tamang sagot.
1. Sa paanong paraan nakipaglaban ang mga Pilipino sa mga
Amerikano?
a. Pag-agaw ng armas c. pagharang sa mga
Amerikano
b. Parang gerilya d. atras- salakay
2. Sundalong bumaril sa isang kawal na Pilipino na nagging hudyat
ng digmaan sa pagitan ng Pilipino at amerikano.
a. William Shatner c. William McKenley
b. William Grayson d. William McArthur
3. Heneral na nag-utos na salakayin ang mga Pilipino kahit na wala
pang pormal na pagsisiyasat sa pangyayaring pamamaril ng
amerikanong sundalo sa isang Pilipino.
a. Heneral Shatner c. Heneral William McKenley
b.Heneral Grayson d. Heneral Artur McArthur
4. Naging hudyat ng pag-atake ng mga Pilipino sa mga amerikano
sa Balangiga.
a. Pagtunog ng kampana c. pagpapaputok ng baril
b. Pagb b kang li a a d. ag a abi ng SUGOD
5. Kinuha ng mga Amerikano nang lisanin nila ang Balangiga.
a. Kampana c. tabak
b. Kultura d. kayamanan

FORMATIVE TEST

PANUTO: Isulat ang sanhi at bunga ng mga sumusunod na pangyayari.

PANGYAYARI SANHI BUNGA


Unang putok sa
panulukan ng Silecio at
Sociego, Sta. Mesa
Labanan sa Pasong
Tirad
Balangiga Massacre

#Araling Panlipunan Page 10 of 14


Republic of the Philippines
Department of Education
National Capital Region
Division of City Schools – Valenzuela

ARALIN 7: Natatanging Pilipino sa Panahon ng Digmaan

LAYUNIN:

Nabibigyan halaga ang mga kontribusyon ng mga natatanging


Pilipinong nakipaglaban para sa kalayaan. AP6PMK-Ih-11

CODE: Week 7-

. I. PAGHAHASA NG KAALAMAN

A. Panuto: Kulayan ang pula ang kung ang pangungusap ay


nagsasaad ng kontribusyo ni Emilio Aguinald at dilaw kung
hindi.
1.Lumaban sa himagsikan laban sa Spain at sa digmaan laban
sa mga Amerikano
2. Naging pinunong Henaral ng Batangas
3. Nahalal bilang Pangulo ng Unang Republika ng Pilipinas
4. Noong Abril 19, 1901, lumagda sa isang pahayag na
nagsasabing dapat nang tanggapin ng bayan ang
pamahalaan ng Estados Unidos.
5. Pinuno ng pangkat Magdalo ng katipunan sa Cavite
6.Ipinagtanggol ang Pasong Tirad

#Araling Panlipunan Page 11 of 14


I. PAGHAHASA NG KAALAMAN

B.PANUTO: Hanapin at bilugan ang mga kataga sa ibaba sa word


search puzzle.
1. Luna
2. Espanyol
3. Amerika
4. Akademya
5. direktor

II. PAGPAPALAWIG

A. Panuto: Ilagay sa tapat ng pahayag ang HAR kung tumutukoy kay


Ricarte at HMM kung tumutukoy kay Malvar.
1. pinunong Heneral ng Batangas
2. Lumaban sa digmaang Pilipino-Amerikano
3. Namuno sa pag-atake sa kampo ng mga Espanyol
4. Ipinatapon sa Guam
5. Bumalik sa Pilipinas sa panahon ng panunungkulan n ni Jose P.
Laurel.

II. PAGPAPALAWIG

B.. Panuto: Kilala mo ba ang mga bayaning lumaban sa


pananakop ng mga Amerikano? Ipares ang mga ginawa nila sa
hanay A sa kanilang pangalan sa hanay B. Isulat ang titik nito sa
bawat patlang.

#Araling Panlipunan Page 12 of 14


A B
___ 1. Itinatag ang Republikang Tagalog a. Trinidad
Tecson ___ 2. Nagtatag ng sangay ng Katipunan b.
Vicente Lukban
sa Tarlac c. Fransisco
Macabulos
___ 3. Pinamahalaan ang Samar at Leyte d. Apilinario Mabini
noong unang REpublika ng Pilipinas e. Macario Sakay
___ 4. Utak ng himagsikan
___ 5. Lumaban sa Amerikano kasama si
Heneral Gregorio del Pilar

III.PAGSASANAY:

Panuto: PIliin sa ibaba ang manunulat na inilalarawan sa bawat


pahayag. Isulat sa patlang ang iyong sagot.
a. Lope K Santos
b. Fernando Ma. Guerrero
c. Jose Corazon de Jesus
d. Severino Reyes
e. Jose Garcia Villa
1. Ang kanyang sarsuelang pinamagatang Walang Sugat na
nasulat sa unang bahagi ng panahon ng mga Amerikano ang
itinuturing na kanyang obra maestra. _________________________
2. Siyá ang El Maestro sa henerasyong iyon ng mga makatang
Filipino na tumugon sa kolonyalismong Americano sa pagsulat
ng mga nasyonalistiko ng tula sa wikang Español.
_____________________
3. Kasáma sa mga itinuturing na mahahalagang koleksiyon niyá
ang Puso at Diwa(1908), Mga Hamak na Dakila(1945), Ang
Diwa ng mga Salawikain (1953). _________________________
4. itinuturing na pinakanangungunang makata sa panahon ng
kolonyalismong Americano. _________________________
5. Nakilala ang kaniyang mga tulang may reversed consonance
rime scheme. __________________________________

#Araling Panlipunan Page 13 of 14


IV. FORMATIVE

Panuto: Piliin at bilugan ang titik ng tamang sagot.


1. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang nagpakilala kay Miguel Malvar?
a. Magaling na magsasaka c. Matinik na sundalo
b. Matagumpay na negosyante d. Lahat ng nabanggit
2. Sino ang tinagurian Prince of Philippine Lyric Poetry?
a. Severino Reyes c. Fernando Ma. Guerrero
b. Lope K. Santos d. Jose Corazon de Jesus
3. Bakit isa sa natatanging bayaning Pilipino si Aguinaldo?
a. Tinalo si Andres Bonifacio sa hangad na maging pinakamataas
na pinuno.
b. Nagging sikat dahil sa maraming panalo sa labanan sa Cavite
c. Naguna sa himagsikan para sa kalayaan ng Pilipinas
d. Nagging unang pangulo ng Pilipinas
4. Ano ang hanap buhay ni Macario Sakay bago nakipagdigma?
a. Barber at magsasaka c. Barberoro at sastre
b. Barber at sapatero d. Barbero at tinder
5. Isa siyang espesyalista sa karamdaman at tropical na mga sakit sa
ilalim ng pamahalaang Espanya?
a. Antonio Luna c. Macario Sakay
b. Emilio Aguinaldo d. Apolinario Mabini

#Araling Panlipunan Page 14 of 14

You might also like